blob: 2fe3f08f4b773d29fa72bd39ccc9402a17213fe7 [file] [log] [blame]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001#
Wolfgang Denkb75190d2012-01-19 10:58:21 +01002# (C) Copyright 2000 - 2012
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003# Wolfgang Denk, DENX Software Engineering, wd@denx.de.
4#
5# See file CREDITS for list of people who contributed to this
6# project.
7#
8# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
9# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
10# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of
11# the License, or (at your option) any later version.
12#
13# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
14# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
15# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
16# GNU General Public License for more details.
17#
18# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
19# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
20# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston,
21# MA 02111-1307 USA
22#
23
24Summary:
25========
26
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000027This directory contains the source code for U-Boot, a boot loader for
wdenke86e5a02004-10-17 21:12:06 +000028Embedded boards based on PowerPC, ARM, MIPS and several other
29processors, which can be installed in a boot ROM and used to
30initialize and test the hardware or to download and run application
31code.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000032
33The development of U-Boot is closely related to Linux: some parts of
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000034the source code originate in the Linux source tree, we have some
35header files in common, and special provision has been made to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000036support booting of Linux images.
37
38Some attention has been paid to make this software easily
39configurable and extendable. For instance, all monitor commands are
40implemented with the same call interface, so that it's very easy to
41add new commands. Also, instead of permanently adding rarely used
42code (for instance hardware test utilities) to the monitor, you can
43load and run it dynamically.
44
45
46Status:
47=======
48
49In general, all boards for which a configuration option exists in the
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000050Makefile have been tested to some extent and can be considered
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000051"working". In fact, many of them are used in production systems.
52
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000053In case of problems see the CHANGELOG and CREDITS files to find out
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010054who contributed the specific port. The MAINTAINERS file lists board
55maintainers.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000056
Robert P. J. Dayadb9d852012-11-14 02:03:20 +000057Note: There is no CHANGELOG file in the actual U-Boot source tree;
58it can be created dynamically from the Git log using:
59
60 make CHANGELOG
61
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000062
63Where to get help:
64==================
65
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000066In case you have questions about, problems with or contributions for
67U-Boot you should send a message to the U-Boot mailing list at
Peter Tyser0c325652008-09-10 09:18:34 -050068<u-boot@lists.denx.de>. There is also an archive of previous traffic
69on the mailing list - please search the archive before asking FAQ's.
70Please see http://lists.denx.de/pipermail/u-boot and
71http://dir.gmane.org/gmane.comp.boot-loaders.u-boot
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000072
73
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010074Where to get source code:
75=========================
76
77The U-Boot source code is maintained in the git repository at
78git://www.denx.de/git/u-boot.git ; you can browse it online at
79http://www.denx.de/cgi-bin/gitweb.cgi?p=u-boot.git;a=summary
80
81The "snapshot" links on this page allow you to download tarballs of
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +020082any version you might be interested in. Official releases are also
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010083available for FTP download from the ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/
84directory.
85
Anatolij Gustschind4ee7112008-03-26 18:13:33 +010086Pre-built (and tested) images are available from
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010087ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/images/
88
89
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000090Where we come from:
91===================
92
93- start from 8xxrom sources
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000094- create PPCBoot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/ppcboot)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000095- clean up code
96- make it easier to add custom boards
97- make it possible to add other [PowerPC] CPUs
98- extend functions, especially:
99 * Provide extended interface to Linux boot loader
100 * S-Record download
101 * network boot
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200102 * PCMCIA / CompactFlash / ATA disk / SCSI ... boot
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +0000103- create ARMBoot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/armboot)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000104- add other CPU families (starting with ARM)
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +0000105- create U-Boot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/u-boot)
Magnus Lilja0d28f342008-08-06 19:32:33 +0200106- current project page: see http://www.denx.de/wiki/U-Boot
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +0000107
108
109Names and Spelling:
110===================
111
112The "official" name of this project is "Das U-Boot". The spelling
113"U-Boot" shall be used in all written text (documentation, comments
114in source files etc.). Example:
115
116 This is the README file for the U-Boot project.
117
118File names etc. shall be based on the string "u-boot". Examples:
119
120 include/asm-ppc/u-boot.h
121
122 #include <asm/u-boot.h>
123
124Variable names, preprocessor constants etc. shall be either based on
125the string "u_boot" or on "U_BOOT". Example:
126
127 U_BOOT_VERSION u_boot_logo
128 IH_OS_U_BOOT u_boot_hush_start
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000129
130
wdenk93f19cc2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000131Versioning:
132===========
133
Thomas Weber360d8832010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200134Starting with the release in October 2008, the names of the releases
135were changed from numerical release numbers without deeper meaning
136into a time stamp based numbering. Regular releases are identified by
137names consisting of the calendar year and month of the release date.
138Additional fields (if present) indicate release candidates or bug fix
139releases in "stable" maintenance trees.
wdenk93f19cc2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000140
Thomas Weber360d8832010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200141Examples:
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +0000142 U-Boot v2009.11 - Release November 2009
Thomas Weber360d8832010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200143 U-Boot v2009.11.1 - Release 1 in version November 2009 stable tree
144 U-Boot v2010.09-rc1 - Release candiate 1 for September 2010 release
wdenk93f19cc2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000145
146
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000147Directory Hierarchy:
148====================
149
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500150/arch Architecture specific files
151 /arm Files generic to ARM architecture
152 /cpu CPU specific files
153 /arm720t Files specific to ARM 720 CPUs
154 /arm920t Files specific to ARM 920 CPUs
Andreas Bießmann6eb09212011-07-18 09:41:08 +0000155 /at91 Files specific to Atmel AT91RM9200 CPU
Wolfgang Denka9046b92010-06-13 17:48:15 +0200156 /imx Files specific to Freescale MC9328 i.MX CPUs
157 /s3c24x0 Files specific to Samsung S3C24X0 CPUs
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500158 /arm925t Files specific to ARM 925 CPUs
159 /arm926ejs Files specific to ARM 926 CPUs
160 /arm1136 Files specific to ARM 1136 CPUs
161 /ixp Files specific to Intel XScale IXP CPUs
162 /pxa Files specific to Intel XScale PXA CPUs
163 /s3c44b0 Files specific to Samsung S3C44B0 CPUs
164 /sa1100 Files specific to Intel StrongARM SA1100 CPUs
165 /lib Architecture specific library files
166 /avr32 Files generic to AVR32 architecture
167 /cpu CPU specific files
168 /lib Architecture specific library files
169 /blackfin Files generic to Analog Devices Blackfin architecture
170 /cpu CPU specific files
171 /lib Architecture specific library files
Graeme Russfea25722011-04-13 19:43:28 +1000172 /x86 Files generic to x86 architecture
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500173 /cpu CPU specific files
174 /lib Architecture specific library files
175 /m68k Files generic to m68k architecture
176 /cpu CPU specific files
177 /mcf52x2 Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF52x2 CPUs
178 /mcf5227x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5227x CPUs
179 /mcf532x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5329 CPUs
180 /mcf5445x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5445x CPUs
181 /mcf547x_8x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF547x_8x CPUs
182 /lib Architecture specific library files
183 /microblaze Files generic to microblaze architecture
184 /cpu CPU specific files
185 /lib Architecture specific library files
186 /mips Files generic to MIPS architecture
187 /cpu CPU specific files
Daniel Schwierzeck92bbd642011-07-27 13:22:39 +0200188 /mips32 Files specific to MIPS32 CPUs
Xiangfu Liu80421fc2011-10-12 12:24:06 +0800189 /xburst Files specific to Ingenic XBurst CPUs
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500190 /lib Architecture specific library files
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +0000191 /nds32 Files generic to NDS32 architecture
192 /cpu CPU specific files
193 /n1213 Files specific to Andes Technology N1213 CPUs
194 /lib Architecture specific library files
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500195 /nios2 Files generic to Altera NIOS2 architecture
196 /cpu CPU specific files
197 /lib Architecture specific library files
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +0200198 /powerpc Files generic to PowerPC architecture
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500199 /cpu CPU specific files
200 /74xx_7xx Files specific to Freescale MPC74xx and 7xx CPUs
201 /mpc5xx Files specific to Freescale MPC5xx CPUs
202 /mpc5xxx Files specific to Freescale MPC5xxx CPUs
203 /mpc8xx Files specific to Freescale MPC8xx CPUs
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500204 /mpc824x Files specific to Freescale MPC824x CPUs
205 /mpc8260 Files specific to Freescale MPC8260 CPUs
206 /mpc85xx Files specific to Freescale MPC85xx CPUs
207 /ppc4xx Files specific to AMCC PowerPC 4xx CPUs
208 /lib Architecture specific library files
209 /sh Files generic to SH architecture
210 /cpu CPU specific files
211 /sh2 Files specific to sh2 CPUs
212 /sh3 Files specific to sh3 CPUs
213 /sh4 Files specific to sh4 CPUs
214 /lib Architecture specific library files
215 /sparc Files generic to SPARC architecture
216 /cpu CPU specific files
217 /leon2 Files specific to Gaisler LEON2 SPARC CPU
218 /leon3 Files specific to Gaisler LEON3 SPARC CPU
219 /lib Architecture specific library files
220/api Machine/arch independent API for external apps
221/board Board dependent files
222/common Misc architecture independent functions
223/disk Code for disk drive partition handling
224/doc Documentation (don't expect too much)
225/drivers Commonly used device drivers
226/examples Example code for standalone applications, etc.
227/fs Filesystem code (cramfs, ext2, jffs2, etc.)
228/include Header Files
229/lib Files generic to all architectures
230 /libfdt Library files to support flattened device trees
231 /lzma Library files to support LZMA decompression
232 /lzo Library files to support LZO decompression
233/net Networking code
234/post Power On Self Test
235/rtc Real Time Clock drivers
236/tools Tools to build S-Record or U-Boot images, etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000237
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000238Software Configuration:
239=======================
240
241Configuration is usually done using C preprocessor defines; the
242rationale behind that is to avoid dead code whenever possible.
243
244There are two classes of configuration variables:
245
246* Configuration _OPTIONS_:
247 These are selectable by the user and have names beginning with
248 "CONFIG_".
249
250* Configuration _SETTINGS_:
251 These depend on the hardware etc. and should not be meddled with if
252 you don't know what you're doing; they have names beginning with
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200253 "CONFIG_SYS_".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000254
255Later we will add a configuration tool - probably similar to or even
256identical to what's used for the Linux kernel. Right now, we have to
257do the configuration by hand, which means creating some symbolic
258links and editing some configuration files. We use the TQM8xxL boards
259as an example here.
260
261
262Selection of Processor Architecture and Board Type:
263---------------------------------------------------
264
265For all supported boards there are ready-to-use default
266configurations available; just type "make <board_name>_config".
267
268Example: For a TQM823L module type:
269
270 cd u-boot
271 make TQM823L_config
272
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200273For the Cogent platform, you need to specify the CPU type as well;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000274e.g. "make cogent_mpc8xx_config". And also configure the cogent
275directory according to the instructions in cogent/README.
276
277
278Configuration Options:
279----------------------
280
281Configuration depends on the combination of board and CPU type; all
282such information is kept in a configuration file
283"include/configs/<board_name>.h".
284
285Example: For a TQM823L module, all configuration settings are in
286"include/configs/TQM823L.h".
287
288
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +0000289Many of the options are named exactly as the corresponding Linux
290kernel configuration options. The intention is to make it easier to
291build a config tool - later.
292
293
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000294The following options need to be configured:
295
Kim Phillips26281142007-08-10 13:28:25 -0500296- CPU Type: Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_MPC85XX.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000297
Kim Phillips26281142007-08-10 13:28:25 -0500298- Board Type: Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_MPC8540ADS.
Wolfgang Denk6ccec442006-10-24 14:42:37 +0200299
300- CPU Daughterboard Type: (if CONFIG_ATSTK1000 is defined)
Haavard Skinnemoen09ea0de2007-11-01 12:44:20 +0100301 Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_ATSTK1002
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000302
303- CPU Module Type: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined)
304 Define exactly one of
305 CONFIG_CMA286_60_OLD
306--- FIXME --- not tested yet:
307 CONFIG_CMA286_60, CONFIG_CMA286_21, CONFIG_CMA286_60P,
308 CONFIG_CMA287_23, CONFIG_CMA287_50
309
310- Motherboard Type: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined)
311 Define exactly one of
312 CONFIG_CMA101, CONFIG_CMA102
313
314- Motherboard I/O Modules: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined)
315 Define one or more of
316 CONFIG_CMA302
317
318- Motherboard Options: (if CONFIG_CMA101 or CONFIG_CMA102 are defined)
319 Define one or more of
320 CONFIG_LCD_HEARTBEAT - update a character position on
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200321 the LCD display every second with
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000322 a "rotator" |\-/|\-/
323
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +0000324- Board flavour: (if CONFIG_MPC8260ADS is defined)
325 CONFIG_ADSTYPE
326 Possible values are:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200327 CONFIG_SYS_8260ADS - original MPC8260ADS
328 CONFIG_SYS_8266ADS - MPC8266ADS
329 CONFIG_SYS_PQ2FADS - PQ2FADS-ZU or PQ2FADS-VR
330 CONFIG_SYS_8272ADS - MPC8272ADS
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +0000331
Lei Wencf946c62011-02-09 18:06:58 +0530332- Marvell Family Member
333 CONFIG_SYS_MVFS - define it if you want to enable
334 multiple fs option at one time
335 for marvell soc family
336
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000337- MPC824X Family Member (if CONFIG_MPC824X is defined)
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000338 Define exactly one of
339 CONFIG_MPC8240, CONFIG_MPC8245
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000340
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200341- 8xx CPU Options: (if using an MPC8xx CPU)
wdenk66ca92a2004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000342 CONFIG_8xx_GCLK_FREQ - deprecated: CPU clock if
343 get_gclk_freq() cannot work
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000344 e.g. if there is no 32KHz
345 reference PIT/RTC clock
wdenk66ca92a2004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000346 CONFIG_8xx_OSCLK - PLL input clock (either EXTCLK
347 or XTAL/EXTAL)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000348
wdenk66ca92a2004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000349- 859/866/885 CPU options: (if using a MPC859 or MPC866 or MPC885 CPU):
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200350 CONFIG_SYS_8xx_CPUCLK_MIN
351 CONFIG_SYS_8xx_CPUCLK_MAX
wdenk66ca92a2004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000352 CONFIG_8xx_CPUCLK_DEFAULT
wdenk75d1ea72004-01-31 20:06:54 +0000353 See doc/README.MPC866
354
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200355 CONFIG_SYS_MEASURE_CPUCLK
wdenk75d1ea72004-01-31 20:06:54 +0000356
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +0000357 Define this to measure the actual CPU clock instead
358 of relying on the correctness of the configured
359 values. Mostly useful for board bringup to make sure
360 the PLL is locked at the intended frequency. Note
361 that this requires a (stable) reference clock (32 kHz
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200362 RTC clock or CONFIG_SYS_8XX_XIN)
wdenk75d1ea72004-01-31 20:06:54 +0000363
Heiko Schocher506f3912009-03-12 07:37:15 +0100364 CONFIG_SYS_DELAYED_ICACHE
365
366 Define this option if you want to enable the
367 ICache only when Code runs from RAM.
368
Kumar Gala66412c62011-02-18 05:40:54 -0600369- 85xx CPU Options:
York Sunffd06e02012-10-08 07:44:30 +0000370 CONFIG_SYS_PPC64
371
372 Specifies that the core is a 64-bit PowerPC implementation (implements
373 the "64" category of the Power ISA). This is necessary for ePAPR
374 compliance, among other possible reasons.
375
Kumar Gala66412c62011-02-18 05:40:54 -0600376 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_TBCLK_DIV
377
378 Defines the core time base clock divider ratio compared to the
379 system clock. On most PQ3 devices this is 8, on newer QorIQ
380 devices it can be 16 or 32. The ratio varies from SoC to Soc.
381
Kumar Gala8f290842011-05-20 00:39:21 -0500382 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PCIE_COMPAT
383
384 Defines the string to utilize when trying to match PCIe device
385 tree nodes for the given platform.
386
Prabhakar Kushwahaafa6b552012-04-29 23:56:13 +0000387 CONFIG_SYS_PPC_E500_DEBUG_TLB
388
389 Enables a temporary TLB entry to be used during boot to work
390 around limitations in e500v1 and e500v2 external debugger
391 support. This reduces the portions of the boot code where
392 breakpoints and single stepping do not work. The value of this
393 symbol should be set to the TLB1 entry to be used for this
394 purpose.
395
Scott Wood33eee332012-08-14 10:14:53 +0000396 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510
397
398 Enables a workaround for erratum A004510. If set,
399 then CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV and
400 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_CORENET_SNOOPVEC_COREONLY must be set.
401
402 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV
403 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV2 (optional)
404
405 Defines one or two SoC revisions (low 8 bits of SVR)
406 for which the A004510 workaround should be applied.
407
408 The rest of SVR is either not relevant to the decision
409 of whether the erratum is present (e.g. p2040 versus
410 p2041) or is implied by the build target, which controls
411 whether CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510 is set.
412
413 See Freescale App Note 4493 for more information about
414 this erratum.
415
Prabhakar Kushwaha74fa22e2013-04-16 13:27:44 +0530416 CONFIG_A003399_NOR_WORKAROUND
417 Enables a workaround for IFC erratum A003399. It is only
418 requred during NOR boot.
419
Scott Wood33eee332012-08-14 10:14:53 +0000420 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_CORENET_SNOOPVEC_COREONLY
421
422 This is the value to write into CCSR offset 0x18600
423 according to the A004510 workaround.
424
Priyanka Jain765b0bd2013-04-04 09:31:54 +0530425 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_M2_RAM_ADDR
426 This value denotes start offset of M2 memory
427 which is directly connected to the DSP core.
428
429 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT
430 This value denotes start offset of DSP CCSR space.
431
Daniel Schwierzeck6cb461b2012-04-02 02:57:56 +0000432- Generic CPU options:
433 CONFIG_SYS_BIG_ENDIAN, CONFIG_SYS_LITTLE_ENDIAN
434
435 Defines the endianess of the CPU. Implementation of those
436 values is arch specific.
437
Markus Klotzbuecher0b953ff2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100438- Intel Monahans options:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200439 CONFIG_SYS_MONAHANS_RUN_MODE_OSC_RATIO
Markus Klotzbuecher0b953ff2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100440
441 Defines the Monahans run mode to oscillator
442 ratio. Valid values are 8, 16, 24, 31. The core
443 frequency is this value multiplied by 13 MHz.
444
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200445 CONFIG_SYS_MONAHANS_TURBO_RUN_MODE_RATIO
Wolfgang Denkcf48eb92006-04-16 10:51:58 +0200446
Markus Klotzbuecher0b953ff2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100447 Defines the Monahans turbo mode to oscillator
448 ratio. Valid values are 1 (default if undefined) and
Wolfgang Denkcf48eb92006-04-16 10:51:58 +0200449 2. The core frequency as calculated above is multiplied
Markus Klotzbuecher0b953ff2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100450 by this value.
Wolfgang Denkcf48eb92006-04-16 10:51:58 +0200451
Daniel Schwierzeck92bbd642011-07-27 13:22:39 +0200452- MIPS CPU options:
453 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET
454
455 Offset relative to CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE for initial stack
456 pointer. This is needed for the temporary stack before
457 relocation.
458
459 CONFIG_SYS_MIPS_CACHE_MODE
460
461 Cache operation mode for the MIPS CPU.
462 See also arch/mips/include/asm/mipsregs.h.
463 Possible values are:
464 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_NO_WA
465 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_WA
466 CONF_CM_UNCACHED
467 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_NONCOHERENT
468 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_CE
469 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_COW
470 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_CUW
471 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_ACCELERATED
472
473 CONFIG_SYS_XWAY_EBU_BOOTCFG
474
475 Special option for Lantiq XWAY SoCs for booting from NOR flash.
476 See also arch/mips/cpu/mips32/start.S.
477
478 CONFIG_XWAY_SWAP_BYTES
479
480 Enable compilation of tools/xway-swap-bytes needed for Lantiq
481 XWAY SoCs for booting from NOR flash. The U-Boot image needs to
482 be swapped if a flash programmer is used.
483
Christian Rieschb67d8812012-02-02 00:44:39 +0000484- ARM options:
485 CONFIG_SYS_EXCEPTION_VECTORS_HIGH
486
487 Select high exception vectors of the ARM core, e.g., do not
488 clear the V bit of the c1 register of CP15.
489
Aneesh V5356f542012-03-08 07:20:19 +0000490 CONFIG_SYS_THUMB_BUILD
491
492 Use this flag to build U-Boot using the Thumb instruction
493 set for ARM architectures. Thumb instruction set provides
494 better code density. For ARM architectures that support
495 Thumb2 this flag will result in Thumb2 code generated by
496 GCC.
497
Stephen Warrenc5d47522013-03-04 13:29:40 +0000498 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_716044
Stephen Warren06785872013-02-26 12:28:27 +0000499 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_742230
500 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_743622
501 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_751472
502
503 If set, the workarounds for these ARM errata are applied early
504 during U-Boot startup. Note that these options force the
505 workarounds to be applied; no CPU-type/version detection
506 exists, unlike the similar options in the Linux kernel. Do not
507 set these options unless they apply!
508
Stephen Warren795659d2013-03-27 17:06:41 +0000509- CPU timer options:
510 CONFIG_SYS_HZ
511
512 The frequency of the timer returned by get_timer().
513 get_timer() must operate in milliseconds and this CONFIG
514 option must be set to 1000.
515
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000516- Linux Kernel Interface:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000517 CONFIG_CLOCKS_IN_MHZ
518
519 U-Boot stores all clock information in Hz
520 internally. For binary compatibility with older Linux
521 kernels (which expect the clocks passed in the
522 bd_info data to be in MHz) the environment variable
523 "clocks_in_mhz" can be defined so that U-Boot
524 converts clock data to MHZ before passing it to the
525 Linux kernel.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000526 When CONFIG_CLOCKS_IN_MHZ is defined, a definition of
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +0100527 "clocks_in_mhz=1" is automatically included in the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000528 default environment.
529
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000530 CONFIG_MEMSIZE_IN_BYTES [relevant for MIPS only]
531
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200532 When transferring memsize parameter to linux, some versions
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000533 expect it to be in bytes, others in MB.
534 Define CONFIG_MEMSIZE_IN_BYTES to make it in bytes.
535
Gerald Van Barenfec6d9e2008-06-03 20:34:45 -0400536 CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
Wolfgang Denkf57f70a2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200537
538 New kernel versions are expecting firmware settings to be
Gerald Van Baren213bf8c2007-03-31 12:23:51 -0400539 passed using flattened device trees (based on open firmware
540 concepts).
541
542 CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
543 * New libfdt-based support
544 * Adds the "fdt" command
Kim Phillips3bb342f2007-08-10 14:34:14 -0500545 * The bootm command automatically updates the fdt
Gerald Van Baren213bf8c2007-03-31 12:23:51 -0400546
Marcel Ziswilerb55ae402009-09-09 21:18:41 +0200547 OF_CPU - The proper name of the cpus node (only required for
548 MPC512X and MPC5xxx based boards).
549 OF_SOC - The proper name of the soc node (only required for
550 MPC512X and MPC5xxx based boards).
Wolfgang Denkf57f70a2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200551 OF_TBCLK - The timebase frequency.
Kumar Galac2871f02006-01-11 13:59:02 -0600552 OF_STDOUT_PATH - The path to the console device
Wolfgang Denkf57f70a2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200553
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200554 boards with QUICC Engines require OF_QE to set UCC MAC
555 addresses
Kim Phillips3bb342f2007-08-10 14:34:14 -0500556
Kumar Gala4e253132006-01-11 13:54:17 -0600557 CONFIG_OF_BOARD_SETUP
558
559 Board code has addition modification that it wants to make
560 to the flat device tree before handing it off to the kernel
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000561
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -0500562 CONFIG_OF_BOOT_CPU
563
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200564 This define fills in the correct boot CPU in the boot
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -0500565 param header, the default value is zero if undefined.
566
Heiko Schocher3887c3f2009-09-23 07:56:08 +0200567 CONFIG_OF_IDE_FIXUP
568
569 U-Boot can detect if an IDE device is present or not.
570 If not, and this new config option is activated, U-Boot
571 removes the ATA node from the DTS before booting Linux,
572 so the Linux IDE driver does not probe the device and
573 crash. This is needed for buggy hardware (uc101) where
574 no pull down resistor is connected to the signal IDE5V_DD7.
575
Igor Grinberg7eb29392011-07-14 05:45:07 +0000576 CONFIG_MACH_TYPE [relevant for ARM only][mandatory]
577
578 This setting is mandatory for all boards that have only one
579 machine type and must be used to specify the machine type
580 number as it appears in the ARM machine registry
581 (see http://www.arm.linux.org.uk/developer/machines/).
582 Only boards that have multiple machine types supported
583 in a single configuration file and the machine type is
584 runtime discoverable, do not have to use this setting.
585
Niklaus Giger0b2f4ec2008-11-03 22:13:47 +0100586- vxWorks boot parameters:
587
588 bootvx constructs a valid bootline using the following
589 environments variables: bootfile, ipaddr, serverip, hostname.
590 It loads the vxWorks image pointed bootfile.
591
592 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_BOOT_DEVICE - The vxworks device name
593 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_MAC_PTR - Ethernet 6 byte MA -address
594 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_SERVERNAME - Name of the server
595 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_BOOT_ADDR - Address of boot parameters
596
597 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_ADD_PARAMS
598
599 Add it at the end of the bootline. E.g "u=username pw=secret"
600
601 Note: If a "bootargs" environment is defined, it will overwride
602 the defaults discussed just above.
603
Aneesh V2c451f72011-06-16 23:30:47 +0000604- Cache Configuration:
605 CONFIG_SYS_ICACHE_OFF - Do not enable instruction cache in U-Boot
606 CONFIG_SYS_DCACHE_OFF - Do not enable data cache in U-Boot
607 CONFIG_SYS_L2CACHE_OFF- Do not enable L2 cache in U-Boot
608
Aneesh V93bc2192011-06-16 23:30:51 +0000609- Cache Configuration for ARM:
610 CONFIG_SYS_L2_PL310 - Enable support for ARM PL310 L2 cache
611 controller
612 CONFIG_SYS_PL310_BASE - Physical base address of PL310
613 controller register space
614
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000615- Serial Ports:
Andreas Engel48d01922008-09-08 14:30:53 +0200616 CONFIG_PL010_SERIAL
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000617
618 Define this if you want support for Amba PrimeCell PL010 UARTs.
619
Andreas Engel48d01922008-09-08 14:30:53 +0200620 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000621
622 Define this if you want support for Amba PrimeCell PL011 UARTs.
623
624 CONFIG_PL011_CLOCK
625
626 If you have Amba PrimeCell PL011 UARTs, set this variable to
627 the clock speed of the UARTs.
628
629 CONFIG_PL01x_PORTS
630
631 If you have Amba PrimeCell PL010 or PL011 UARTs on your board,
632 define this to a list of base addresses for each (supported)
633 port. See e.g. include/configs/versatile.h
634
John Rigby910f1ae2011-04-19 10:42:39 +0000635 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL_RLCR
636
637 Some vendor versions of PL011 serial ports (e.g. ST-Ericsson U8500)
638 have separate receive and transmit line control registers. Set
639 this variable to initialize the extra register.
640
641 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL_FLUSH_ON_INIT
642
643 On some platforms (e.g. U8500) U-Boot is loaded by a second stage
644 boot loader that has already initialized the UART. Define this
645 variable to flush the UART at init time.
646
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000647
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000648- Console Interface:
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000649 Depending on board, define exactly one serial port
650 (like CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SMC1, CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SMC2,
651 CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SCC1, ...), or switch off the serial
652 console by defining CONFIG_8xx_CONS_NONE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000653
654 Note: if CONFIG_8xx_CONS_NONE is defined, the serial
655 port routines must be defined elsewhere
656 (i.e. serial_init(), serial_getc(), ...)
657
658 CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE
659 Enables console device for a color framebuffer. Needs following
Wolfgang Denkc53043b2011-12-07 12:19:20 +0000660 defines (cf. smiLynxEM, i8042)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000661 VIDEO_FB_LITTLE_ENDIAN graphic memory organisation
662 (default big endian)
663 VIDEO_HW_RECTFILL graphic chip supports
664 rectangle fill
665 (cf. smiLynxEM)
666 VIDEO_HW_BITBLT graphic chip supports
667 bit-blit (cf. smiLynxEM)
668 VIDEO_VISIBLE_COLS visible pixel columns
669 (cols=pitch)
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +0000670 VIDEO_VISIBLE_ROWS visible pixel rows
671 VIDEO_PIXEL_SIZE bytes per pixel
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000672 VIDEO_DATA_FORMAT graphic data format
673 (0-5, cf. cfb_console.c)
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +0000674 VIDEO_FB_ADRS framebuffer address
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000675 VIDEO_KBD_INIT_FCT keyboard int fct
676 (i.e. i8042_kbd_init())
677 VIDEO_TSTC_FCT test char fct
678 (i.e. i8042_tstc)
679 VIDEO_GETC_FCT get char fct
680 (i.e. i8042_getc)
681 CONFIG_CONSOLE_CURSOR cursor drawing on/off
682 (requires blink timer
683 cf. i8042.c)
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200684 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_BLINK_COUNT blink interval (cf. i8042.c)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000685 CONFIG_CONSOLE_TIME display time/date info in
686 upper right corner
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500687 (requires CONFIG_CMD_DATE)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000688 CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO display Linux logo in
689 upper left corner
wdenka6c7ad22002-12-03 21:28:10 +0000690 CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_LOGO use bmp_logo.h instead of
691 linux_logo.h for logo.
692 Requires CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000693 CONFIG_CONSOLE_EXTRA_INFO
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200694 additional board info beside
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000695 the logo
696
Pali Rohár33a35bb2012-10-19 13:30:09 +0000697 When CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE_ANSI is defined, console will support
698 a limited number of ANSI escape sequences (cursor control,
699 erase functions and limited graphics rendition control).
700
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000701 When CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE is defined, video console is
702 default i/o. Serial console can be forced with
703 environment 'console=serial'.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000704
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +0000705 When CONFIG_SILENT_CONSOLE is defined, all console
706 messages (by U-Boot and Linux!) can be silenced with
707 the "silent" environment variable. See
708 doc/README.silent for more information.
wdenka3ad8e22003-10-19 23:22:11 +0000709
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000710- Console Baudrate:
711 CONFIG_BAUDRATE - in bps
712 Select one of the baudrates listed in
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200713 CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE, see below.
714 CONFIG_SYS_BRGCLK_PRESCALE, baudrate prescale
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000715
Heiko Schocherc92fac92009-01-30 12:55:38 +0100716- Console Rx buffer length
717 With CONFIG_SYS_SMC_RXBUFLEN it is possible to define
718 the maximum receive buffer length for the SMC.
Heiko Schocher2b3f12c2009-02-10 09:31:47 +0100719 This option is actual only for 82xx and 8xx possible.
Heiko Schocherc92fac92009-01-30 12:55:38 +0100720 If using CONFIG_SYS_SMC_RXBUFLEN also CONFIG_SYS_MAXIDLE
721 must be defined, to setup the maximum idle timeout for
722 the SMC.
723
Graeme Russ9558b482011-09-01 00:48:27 +0000724- Pre-Console Buffer:
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +0200725 Prior to the console being initialised (i.e. serial UART
726 initialised etc) all console output is silently discarded.
727 Defining CONFIG_PRE_CONSOLE_BUFFER will cause U-Boot to
728 buffer any console messages prior to the console being
729 initialised to a buffer of size CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ
730 bytes located at CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_ADDR. The buffer is
731 a circular buffer, so if more than CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ
Wolfgang Denk6feff892011-10-09 21:06:34 +0200732 bytes are output before the console is initialised, the
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +0200733 earlier bytes are discarded.
Graeme Russ9558b482011-09-01 00:48:27 +0000734
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +0200735 'Sane' compilers will generate smaller code if
736 CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ is a power of 2
Graeme Russ9558b482011-09-01 00:48:27 +0000737
Sonny Rao046a37b2011-11-02 09:52:08 +0000738- Safe printf() functions
739 Define CONFIG_SYS_VSNPRINTF to compile in safe versions of
740 the printf() functions. These are defined in
741 include/vsprintf.h and include snprintf(), vsnprintf() and
742 so on. Code size increase is approximately 300-500 bytes.
743 If this option is not given then these functions will
744 silently discard their buffer size argument - this means
745 you are not getting any overflow checking in this case.
746
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000747- Boot Delay: CONFIG_BOOTDELAY - in seconds
748 Delay before automatically booting the default image;
749 set to -1 to disable autoboot.
Joe Hershberger93d72122012-08-17 10:53:12 +0000750 set to -2 to autoboot with no delay and not check for abort
751 (even when CONFIG_ZERO_BOOTDELAY_CHECK is defined).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000752
753 See doc/README.autoboot for these options that
754 work with CONFIG_BOOTDELAY. None are required.
755 CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_TIME
756 CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_MIN
757 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_KEYED
758 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_PROMPT
759 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR
760 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR
761 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR2
762 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR2
763 CONFIG_ZERO_BOOTDELAY_CHECK
764 CONFIG_RESET_TO_RETRY
765
766- Autoboot Command:
767 CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND
768 Only needed when CONFIG_BOOTDELAY is enabled;
769 define a command string that is automatically executed
770 when no character is read on the console interface
771 within "Boot Delay" after reset.
772
773 CONFIG_BOOTARGS
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000774 This can be used to pass arguments to the bootm
775 command. The value of CONFIG_BOOTARGS goes into the
776 environment value "bootargs".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000777
778 CONFIG_RAMBOOT and CONFIG_NFSBOOT
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000779 The value of these goes into the environment as
780 "ramboot" and "nfsboot" respectively, and can be used
781 as a convenience, when switching between booting from
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200782 RAM and NFS.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000783
784- Pre-Boot Commands:
785 CONFIG_PREBOOT
786
787 When this option is #defined, the existence of the
788 environment variable "preboot" will be checked
789 immediately before starting the CONFIG_BOOTDELAY
790 countdown and/or running the auto-boot command resp.
791 entering interactive mode.
792
793 This feature is especially useful when "preboot" is
794 automatically generated or modified. For an example
795 see the LWMON board specific code: here "preboot" is
796 modified when the user holds down a certain
797 combination of keys on the (special) keyboard when
798 booting the systems
799
800- Serial Download Echo Mode:
801 CONFIG_LOADS_ECHO
802 If defined to 1, all characters received during a
803 serial download (using the "loads" command) are
804 echoed back. This might be needed by some terminal
805 emulations (like "cu"), but may as well just take
806 time on others. This setting #define's the initial
807 value of the "loads_echo" environment variable.
808
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500809- Kgdb Serial Baudrate: (if CONFIG_CMD_KGDB is defined)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000810 CONFIG_KGDB_BAUDRATE
811 Select one of the baudrates listed in
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200812 CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE, see below.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000813
814- Monitor Functions:
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500815 Monitor commands can be included or excluded
816 from the build by using the #include files
Stephen Warrenc6c621b2012-08-05 16:07:19 +0000817 <config_cmd_all.h> and #undef'ing unwanted
818 commands, or using <config_cmd_default.h>
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500819 and augmenting with additional #define's
820 for wanted commands.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000821
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500822 The default command configuration includes all commands
823 except those marked below with a "*".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000824
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500825 CONFIG_CMD_ASKENV * ask for env variable
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500826 CONFIG_CMD_BDI bdinfo
827 CONFIG_CMD_BEDBUG * Include BedBug Debugger
828 CONFIG_CMD_BMP * BMP support
829 CONFIG_CMD_BSP * Board specific commands
830 CONFIG_CMD_BOOTD bootd
831 CONFIG_CMD_CACHE * icache, dcache
832 CONFIG_CMD_CONSOLE coninfo
Mike Frysinger710b9932010-12-21 14:19:51 -0500833 CONFIG_CMD_CRC32 * crc32
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500834 CONFIG_CMD_DATE * support for RTC, date/time...
835 CONFIG_CMD_DHCP * DHCP support
836 CONFIG_CMD_DIAG * Diagnostics
Peter Tysera7c93102008-12-17 16:36:22 -0600837 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510 * ds4510 I2C gpio commands
838 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_INFO * ds4510 I2C info command
839 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_MEM * ds4510 I2C eeprom/sram commansd
840 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_RST * ds4510 I2C rst command
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500841 CONFIG_CMD_DTT * Digital Therm and Thermostat
842 CONFIG_CMD_ECHO echo arguments
Peter Tyser246c6922009-10-25 15:12:56 -0500843 CONFIG_CMD_EDITENV edit env variable
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500844 CONFIG_CMD_EEPROM * EEPROM read/write support
845 CONFIG_CMD_ELF * bootelf, bootvx
Joe Hershberger5e2b3e02012-12-11 22:16:25 -0600846 CONFIG_CMD_ENV_CALLBACK * display details about env callbacks
Joe Hershbergerfffad712012-12-11 22:16:33 -0600847 CONFIG_CMD_ENV_FLAGS * display details about env flags
Mike Frysinger0c79cda2010-12-26 23:09:45 -0500848 CONFIG_CMD_EXPORTENV * export the environment
Stephen Warren03e2ecf2012-10-22 06:43:50 +0000849 CONFIG_CMD_EXT2 * ext2 command support
850 CONFIG_CMD_EXT4 * ext4 command support
Mike Frysingerbdab39d2009-01-28 19:08:14 -0500851 CONFIG_CMD_SAVEENV saveenv
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500852 CONFIG_CMD_FDC * Floppy Disk Support
Stephen Warren03e2ecf2012-10-22 06:43:50 +0000853 CONFIG_CMD_FAT * FAT command support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500854 CONFIG_CMD_FDOS * Dos diskette Support
855 CONFIG_CMD_FLASH flinfo, erase, protect
856 CONFIG_CMD_FPGA FPGA device initialization support
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +0200857 CONFIG_CMD_FUSE * Device fuse support
Anton Staaf53fdc7e2012-12-05 14:46:29 +0000858 CONFIG_CMD_GETTIME * Get time since boot
Mike Frysingera641b972010-12-26 23:32:22 -0500859 CONFIG_CMD_GO * the 'go' command (exec code)
Kim Phillipsa000b792011-04-05 07:15:14 +0000860 CONFIG_CMD_GREPENV * search environment
Simon Glassbf36c5d2012-12-05 14:46:38 +0000861 CONFIG_CMD_HASH * calculate hash / digest
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500862 CONFIG_CMD_HWFLOW * RTS/CTS hw flow control
863 CONFIG_CMD_I2C * I2C serial bus support
864 CONFIG_CMD_IDE * IDE harddisk support
865 CONFIG_CMD_IMI iminfo
Vipin Kumar8fdf1e02012-12-16 22:32:48 +0000866 CONFIG_CMD_IMLS List all images found in NOR flash
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +0200867 CONFIG_CMD_IMLS_NAND * List all images found in NAND flash
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500868 CONFIG_CMD_IMMAP * IMMR dump support
Mike Frysinger0c79cda2010-12-26 23:09:45 -0500869 CONFIG_CMD_IMPORTENV * import an environment
Joe Hershbergerc167cc02012-10-03 11:15:51 +0000870 CONFIG_CMD_INI * import data from an ini file into the env
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500871 CONFIG_CMD_IRQ * irqinfo
872 CONFIG_CMD_ITEST Integer/string test of 2 values
873 CONFIG_CMD_JFFS2 * JFFS2 Support
874 CONFIG_CMD_KGDB * kgdb
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +0200875 CONFIG_CMD_LDRINFO * ldrinfo (display Blackfin loader)
Joe Hershbergerd22c3382012-05-23 08:00:12 +0000876 CONFIG_CMD_LINK_LOCAL * link-local IP address auto-configuration
877 (169.254.*.*)
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500878 CONFIG_CMD_LOADB loadb
879 CONFIG_CMD_LOADS loads
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +0200880 CONFIG_CMD_MD5SUM * print md5 message digest
Robin Getz02c9aa12009-07-27 00:07:59 -0400881 (requires CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY and CONFIG_MD5)
Simon Glass15a33e42012-11-30 13:01:20 +0000882 CONFIG_CMD_MEMINFO * Display detailed memory information
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500883 CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY md, mm, nm, mw, cp, cmp, crc, base,
Wolfgang Denka2681702013-03-08 10:51:32 +0000884 loop, loopw
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +0200885 CONFIG_CMD_MEMTEST * mtest
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500886 CONFIG_CMD_MISC Misc functions like sleep etc
887 CONFIG_CMD_MMC * MMC memory mapped support
888 CONFIG_CMD_MII * MII utility commands
Stefan Roese68d7d652009-03-19 13:30:36 +0100889 CONFIG_CMD_MTDPARTS * MTD partition support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500890 CONFIG_CMD_NAND * NAND support
891 CONFIG_CMD_NET bootp, tftpboot, rarpboot
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +0200892 CONFIG_CMD_NFS NFS support
Peter Tysere92739d2008-12-17 16:36:21 -0600893 CONFIG_CMD_PCA953X * PCA953x I2C gpio commands
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +0000894 CONFIG_CMD_PCA953X_INFO * PCA953x I2C gpio info command
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500895 CONFIG_CMD_PCI * pciinfo
896 CONFIG_CMD_PCMCIA * PCMCIA support
897 CONFIG_CMD_PING * send ICMP ECHO_REQUEST to network
898 host
899 CONFIG_CMD_PORTIO * Port I/O
Kenneth Watersff048ea2012-12-05 14:46:30 +0000900 CONFIG_CMD_READ * Read raw data from partition
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500901 CONFIG_CMD_REGINFO * Register dump
902 CONFIG_CMD_RUN run command in env variable
Simon Glassd3049312012-12-26 09:53:36 +0000903 CONFIG_CMD_SANDBOX * sb command to access sandbox features
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500904 CONFIG_CMD_SAVES * save S record dump
905 CONFIG_CMD_SCSI * SCSI Support
906 CONFIG_CMD_SDRAM * print SDRAM configuration information
907 (requires CONFIG_CMD_I2C)
908 CONFIG_CMD_SETGETDCR Support for DCR Register access
909 (4xx only)
Eric Nelsonf61ec452012-01-31 10:52:08 -0700910 CONFIG_CMD_SF * Read/write/erase SPI NOR flash
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +0200911 CONFIG_CMD_SHA1SUM * print sha1 memory digest
Robin Getz02c9aa12009-07-27 00:07:59 -0400912 (requires CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY)
Bob Liu7d861d92013-02-05 19:05:41 +0800913 CONFIG_CMD_SOFTSWITCH * Soft switch setting command for BF60x
Wolfgang Denk74de7ae2009-04-01 23:34:12 +0200914 CONFIG_CMD_SOURCE "source" command Support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500915 CONFIG_CMD_SPI * SPI serial bus support
Luca Ceresoli7a83af02011-05-17 00:03:40 +0000916 CONFIG_CMD_TFTPSRV * TFTP transfer in server mode
Simon Glass1fb7cd42011-10-24 18:00:07 +0000917 CONFIG_CMD_TFTPPUT * TFTP put command (upload)
Joe Hershbergerda83bcd2012-10-03 12:14:57 +0000918 CONFIG_CMD_TIME * run command and report execution time (ARM specific)
919 CONFIG_CMD_TIMER * access to the system tick timer
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500920 CONFIG_CMD_USB * USB support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500921 CONFIG_CMD_CDP * Cisco Discover Protocol support
Marek Vasutc8339f52012-03-31 07:47:16 +0000922 CONFIG_CMD_MFSL * Microblaze FSL support
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +0200923 CONFIG_CMD_XIMG Load part of Multi Image
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000924
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000925
926 EXAMPLE: If you want all functions except of network
927 support you can write:
928
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500929 #include "config_cmd_all.h"
930 #undef CONFIG_CMD_NET
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000931
Gerald Van Baren213bf8c2007-03-31 12:23:51 -0400932 Other Commands:
933 fdt (flattened device tree) command: CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000934
935 Note: Don't enable the "icache" and "dcache" commands
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500936 (configuration option CONFIG_CMD_CACHE) unless you know
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000937 what you (and your U-Boot users) are doing. Data
938 cache cannot be enabled on systems like the 8xx or
939 8260 (where accesses to the IMMR region must be
940 uncached), and it cannot be disabled on all other
941 systems where we (mis-) use the data cache to hold an
942 initial stack and some data.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000943
944
945 XXX - this list needs to get updated!
946
Wolfgang Denka5ecbe62013-03-23 23:50:31 +0000947- Regular expression support:
948 CONFIG_REGEX
949 If this variable is defined, U-Boot is linked against
950 the SLRE (Super Light Regular Expression) library,
951 which adds regex support to some commands, as for
952 example "env grep" and "setexpr".
953
Simon Glass45ba8072011-10-15 05:48:20 +0000954- Device tree:
955 CONFIG_OF_CONTROL
956 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will use a device tree
957 to configure its devices, instead of relying on statically
958 compiled #defines in the board file. This option is
959 experimental and only available on a few boards. The device
960 tree is available in the global data as gd->fdt_blob.
961
Simon Glass2c0f79e2011-10-24 19:15:31 +0000962 U-Boot needs to get its device tree from somewhere. This can
963 be done using one of the two options below:
Simon Glassbbb0b122011-10-15 05:48:21 +0000964
965 CONFIG_OF_EMBED
966 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will embed a device tree
967 binary in its image. This device tree file should be in the
968 board directory and called <soc>-<board>.dts. The binary file
969 is then picked up in board_init_f() and made available through
970 the global data structure as gd->blob.
Simon Glass45ba8072011-10-15 05:48:20 +0000971
Simon Glass2c0f79e2011-10-24 19:15:31 +0000972 CONFIG_OF_SEPARATE
973 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will build a device tree
974 binary. It will be called u-boot.dtb. Architecture-specific
975 code will locate it at run-time. Generally this works by:
976
977 cat u-boot.bin u-boot.dtb >image.bin
978
979 and in fact, U-Boot does this for you, creating a file called
980 u-boot-dtb.bin which is useful in the common case. You can
981 still use the individual files if you need something more
982 exotic.
983
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000984- Watchdog:
985 CONFIG_WATCHDOG
986 If this variable is defined, it enables watchdog
Detlev Zundel6abe6fb2011-04-27 05:25:59 +0000987 support for the SoC. There must be support in the SoC
988 specific code for a watchdog. For the 8xx and 8260
989 CPUs, the SIU Watchdog feature is enabled in the SYPCR
990 register. When supported for a specific SoC is
991 available, then no further board specific code should
992 be needed to use it.
993
994 CONFIG_HW_WATCHDOG
995 When using a watchdog circuitry external to the used
996 SoC, then define this variable and provide board
997 specific code for the "hw_watchdog_reset" function.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000998
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +0000999- U-Boot Version:
1000 CONFIG_VERSION_VARIABLE
1001 If this variable is defined, an environment variable
1002 named "ver" is created by U-Boot showing the U-Boot
1003 version as printed by the "version" command.
Benoît Thébaudeaua1ea8e52012-08-13 15:01:14 +02001004 Any change to this variable will be reverted at the
1005 next reset.
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00001006
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001007- Real-Time Clock:
1008
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001009 When CONFIG_CMD_DATE is selected, the type of the RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001010 has to be selected, too. Define exactly one of the
1011 following options:
1012
1013 CONFIG_RTC_MPC8xx - use internal RTC of MPC8xx
1014 CONFIG_RTC_PCF8563 - use Philips PCF8563 RTC
Fabio Estevam4e8b7542011-10-24 06:44:15 +00001015 CONFIG_RTC_MC13XXX - use MC13783 or MC13892 RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001016 CONFIG_RTC_MC146818 - use MC146818 RTC
wdenk1cb8e982003-03-06 21:55:29 +00001017 CONFIG_RTC_DS1307 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1307 RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001018 CONFIG_RTC_DS1337 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1337 RTC
wdenk7f70e852003-05-20 14:25:27 +00001019 CONFIG_RTC_DS1338 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1338 RTC
wdenk3bac3512003-03-12 10:41:04 +00001020 CONFIG_RTC_DS164x - use Dallas DS164x RTC
Tor Krill9536dfc2008-03-15 15:40:26 +01001021 CONFIG_RTC_ISL1208 - use Intersil ISL1208 RTC
wdenk4c0d4c32004-06-09 17:34:58 +00001022 CONFIG_RTC_MAX6900 - use Maxim, Inc. MAX6900 RTC
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001023 CONFIG_SYS_RTC_DS1337_NOOSC - Turn off the OSC output for DS1337
Heiko Schocher71d19f32011-03-28 09:24:22 +02001024 CONFIG_SYS_RV3029_TCR - enable trickle charger on
1025 RV3029 RTC.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001026
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001027 Note that if the RTC uses I2C, then the I2C interface
1028 must also be configured. See I2C Support, below.
1029
Peter Tysere92739d2008-12-17 16:36:21 -06001030- GPIO Support:
1031 CONFIG_PCA953X - use NXP's PCA953X series I2C GPIO
1032 CONFIG_PCA953X_INFO - enable pca953x info command
1033
Chris Packham5dec49c2010-12-19 10:12:13 +00001034 The CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PCA953X_WIDTH option specifies a list of
1035 chip-ngpio pairs that tell the PCA953X driver the number of
1036 pins supported by a particular chip.
1037
Peter Tysere92739d2008-12-17 16:36:21 -06001038 Note that if the GPIO device uses I2C, then the I2C interface
1039 must also be configured. See I2C Support, below.
1040
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001041- Timestamp Support:
1042
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001043 When CONFIG_TIMESTAMP is selected, the timestamp
1044 (date and time) of an image is printed by image
1045 commands like bootm or iminfo. This option is
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001046 automatically enabled when you select CONFIG_CMD_DATE .
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001047
Karl O. Pinc923c46f2012-08-16 06:20:15 +00001048- Partition Labels (disklabels) Supported:
1049 Zero or more of the following:
1050 CONFIG_MAC_PARTITION Apple's MacOS partition table.
1051 CONFIG_DOS_PARTITION MS Dos partition table, traditional on the
1052 Intel architecture, USB sticks, etc.
1053 CONFIG_ISO_PARTITION ISO partition table, used on CDROM etc.
1054 CONFIG_EFI_PARTITION GPT partition table, common when EFI is the
1055 bootloader. Note 2TB partition limit; see
1056 disk/part_efi.c
1057 CONFIG_MTD_PARTITIONS Memory Technology Device partition table.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001058
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01001059 If IDE or SCSI support is enabled (CONFIG_CMD_IDE or
1060 CONFIG_CMD_SCSI) you must configure support for at
Karl O. Pinc923c46f2012-08-16 06:20:15 +00001061 least one non-MTD partition type as well.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001062
1063- IDE Reset method:
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001064 CONFIG_IDE_RESET_ROUTINE - this is defined in several
1065 board configurations files but used nowhere!
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001066
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001067 CONFIG_IDE_RESET - is this is defined, IDE Reset will
1068 be performed by calling the function
1069 ide_set_reset(int reset)
1070 which has to be defined in a board specific file
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001071
1072- ATAPI Support:
1073 CONFIG_ATAPI
1074
1075 Set this to enable ATAPI support.
1076
wdenkc40b2952004-03-13 23:29:43 +00001077- LBA48 Support
1078 CONFIG_LBA48
1079
1080 Set this to enable support for disks larger than 137GB
Heiko Schocher4b142fe2009-12-03 11:21:21 +01001081 Also look at CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA.
wdenkc40b2952004-03-13 23:29:43 +00001082 Whithout these , LBA48 support uses 32bit variables and will 'only'
1083 support disks up to 2.1TB.
1084
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001085 CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA:
wdenkc40b2952004-03-13 23:29:43 +00001086 When enabled, makes the IDE subsystem use 64bit sector addresses.
1087 Default is 32bit.
1088
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001089- SCSI Support:
1090 At the moment only there is only support for the
1091 SYM53C8XX SCSI controller; define
1092 CONFIG_SCSI_SYM53C8XX to enable it.
1093
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001094 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_LUN [8], CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_SCSI_ID [7] and
1095 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_DEVICE [CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_SCSI_ID *
1096 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_LUN] can be adjusted to define the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001097 maximum numbers of LUNs, SCSI ID's and target
1098 devices.
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001099 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_SYM53C8XX_CCF to fix clock timing (80Mhz)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001100
Stefan Reinauer447c0312012-10-29 05:23:48 +00001101 The environment variable 'scsidevs' is set to the number of
1102 SCSI devices found during the last scan.
1103
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001104- NETWORK Support (PCI):
wdenk682011f2003-06-03 23:54:09 +00001105 CONFIG_E1000
Kyle Moffettce5207e2011-10-18 11:05:29 +00001106 Support for Intel 8254x/8257x gigabit chips.
1107
1108 CONFIG_E1000_SPI
1109 Utility code for direct access to the SPI bus on Intel 8257x.
1110 This does not do anything useful unless you set at least one
1111 of CONFIG_CMD_E1000 or CONFIG_E1000_SPI_GENERIC.
1112
1113 CONFIG_E1000_SPI_GENERIC
1114 Allow generic access to the SPI bus on the Intel 8257x, for
1115 example with the "sspi" command.
1116
1117 CONFIG_CMD_E1000
1118 Management command for E1000 devices. When used on devices
1119 with SPI support you can reprogram the EEPROM from U-Boot.
stroese53cf9432003-06-05 15:39:44 +00001120
Andre Schwarzac3315c2008-03-06 16:45:44 +01001121 CONFIG_E1000_FALLBACK_MAC
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001122 default MAC for empty EEPROM after production.
Andre Schwarzac3315c2008-03-06 16:45:44 +01001123
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001124 CONFIG_EEPRO100
1125 Support for Intel 82557/82559/82559ER chips.
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001126 Optional CONFIG_EEPRO100_SROM_WRITE enables EEPROM
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001127 write routine for first time initialisation.
1128
1129 CONFIG_TULIP
1130 Support for Digital 2114x chips.
1131 Optional CONFIG_TULIP_SELECT_MEDIA for board specific
1132 modem chip initialisation (KS8761/QS6611).
1133
1134 CONFIG_NATSEMI
1135 Support for National dp83815 chips.
1136
1137 CONFIG_NS8382X
1138 Support for National dp8382[01] gigabit chips.
1139
wdenk45219c42003-05-12 21:50:16 +00001140- NETWORK Support (other):
1141
Jens Scharsigc041e9d2010-01-23 12:03:45 +01001142 CONFIG_DRIVER_AT91EMAC
1143 Support for AT91RM9200 EMAC.
1144
1145 CONFIG_RMII
1146 Define this to use reduced MII inteface
1147
1148 CONFIG_DRIVER_AT91EMAC_QUIET
1149 If this defined, the driver is quiet.
1150 The driver doen't show link status messages.
1151
Rob Herringefdd7312011-12-15 11:15:49 +00001152 CONFIG_CALXEDA_XGMAC
1153 Support for the Calxeda XGMAC device
1154
Ashok3bb46d22012-10-15 06:20:47 +00001155 CONFIG_LAN91C96
wdenk45219c42003-05-12 21:50:16 +00001156 Support for SMSC's LAN91C96 chips.
1157
1158 CONFIG_LAN91C96_BASE
1159 Define this to hold the physical address
1160 of the LAN91C96's I/O space
1161
1162 CONFIG_LAN91C96_USE_32_BIT
1163 Define this to enable 32 bit addressing
1164
Ashok3bb46d22012-10-15 06:20:47 +00001165 CONFIG_SMC91111
wdenkf39748a2004-06-09 13:37:52 +00001166 Support for SMSC's LAN91C111 chip
1167
1168 CONFIG_SMC91111_BASE
1169 Define this to hold the physical address
1170 of the device (I/O space)
1171
1172 CONFIG_SMC_USE_32_BIT
1173 Define this if data bus is 32 bits
1174
1175 CONFIG_SMC_USE_IOFUNCS
1176 Define this to use i/o functions instead of macros
1177 (some hardware wont work with macros)
1178
Heiko Schocherdc02bad2011-11-15 10:00:04 -05001179 CONFIG_DRIVER_TI_EMAC
1180 Support for davinci emac
1181
1182 CONFIG_SYS_DAVINCI_EMAC_PHY_COUNT
1183 Define this if you have more then 3 PHYs.
1184
Macpaul Linb3dbf4a52010-12-21 16:59:46 +08001185 CONFIG_FTGMAC100
1186 Support for Faraday's FTGMAC100 Gigabit SoC Ethernet
1187
1188 CONFIG_FTGMAC100_EGIGA
1189 Define this to use GE link update with gigabit PHY.
1190 Define this if FTGMAC100 is connected to gigabit PHY.
1191 If your system has 10/100 PHY only, it might not occur
1192 wrong behavior. Because PHY usually return timeout or
1193 useless data when polling gigabit status and gigabit
1194 control registers. This behavior won't affect the
1195 correctnessof 10/100 link speed update.
1196
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001197 CONFIG_SMC911X
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001198 Support for SMSC's LAN911x and LAN921x chips
1199
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001200 CONFIG_SMC911X_BASE
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001201 Define this to hold the physical address
1202 of the device (I/O space)
1203
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001204 CONFIG_SMC911X_32_BIT
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001205 Define this if data bus is 32 bits
1206
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001207 CONFIG_SMC911X_16_BIT
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001208 Define this if data bus is 16 bits. If your processor
1209 automatically converts one 32 bit word to two 16 bit
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001210 words you may also try CONFIG_SMC911X_32_BIT.
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001211
Yoshihiro Shimoda3d0075f2011-01-27 10:06:03 +09001212 CONFIG_SH_ETHER
1213 Support for Renesas on-chip Ethernet controller
1214
1215 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_USE_PORT
1216 Define the number of ports to be used
1217
1218 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_PHY_ADDR
1219 Define the ETH PHY's address
1220
Yoshihiro Shimoda68260aa2011-01-27 10:06:08 +09001221 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_CACHE_WRITEBACK
1222 If this option is set, the driver enables cache flush.
1223
Vadim Bendebury5e124722011-10-17 08:36:14 +00001224- TPM Support:
Che-liang Chiou90899cc2013-04-12 11:04:34 +00001225 CONFIG_TPM
1226 Support TPM devices.
1227
Tom Wai-Hong Tam1b393db2013-04-12 11:04:37 +00001228 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C
1229 Support for i2c bus TPM devices. Only one device
1230 per system is supported at this time.
1231
1232 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C_BUS_NUMBER
1233 Define the the i2c bus number for the TPM device
1234
1235 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS
1236 Define the TPM's address on the i2c bus
1237
1238 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C_BURST_LIMITATION
1239 Define the burst count bytes upper limit
1240
Dirk Eibachc01939c2013-06-26 15:55:15 +02001241 CONFIG_TPM_ATMEL_TWI
1242 Support for Atmel TWI TPM device. Requires I2C support.
1243
Che-liang Chiou90899cc2013-04-12 11:04:34 +00001244 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_LPC
Vadim Bendebury5e124722011-10-17 08:36:14 +00001245 Support for generic parallel port TPM devices. Only one device
1246 per system is supported at this time.
1247
1248 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_BASE_ADDRESS
1249 Base address where the generic TPM device is mapped
1250 to. Contemporary x86 systems usually map it at
1251 0xfed40000.
1252
Reinhard Pfaube6c1522013-06-26 15:55:13 +02001253 CONFIG_CMD_TPM
1254 Add tpm monitor functions.
1255 Requires CONFIG_TPM. If CONFIG_TPM_AUTH_SESSIONS is set, also
1256 provides monitor access to authorized functions.
1257
1258 CONFIG_TPM
1259 Define this to enable the TPM support library which provides
1260 functional interfaces to some TPM commands.
1261 Requires support for a TPM device.
1262
1263 CONFIG_TPM_AUTH_SESSIONS
1264 Define this to enable authorized functions in the TPM library.
1265 Requires CONFIG_TPM and CONFIG_SHA1.
1266
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001267- USB Support:
1268 At the moment only the UHCI host controller is
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001269 supported (PIP405, MIP405, MPC5200); define
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001270 CONFIG_USB_UHCI to enable it.
1271 define CONFIG_USB_KEYBOARD to enable the USB Keyboard
wdenk30d56fa2004-10-09 22:44:59 +00001272 and define CONFIG_USB_STORAGE to enable the USB
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001273 storage devices.
1274 Note:
1275 Supported are USB Keyboards and USB Floppy drives
1276 (TEAC FD-05PUB).
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001277 MPC5200 USB requires additional defines:
1278 CONFIG_USB_CLOCK
1279 for 528 MHz Clock: 0x0001bbbb
Eric Millbrandt307ecb62009-08-13 08:32:37 -05001280 CONFIG_PSC3_USB
1281 for USB on PSC3
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001282 CONFIG_USB_CONFIG
1283 for differential drivers: 0x00001000
1284 for single ended drivers: 0x00005000
Eric Millbrandt307ecb62009-08-13 08:32:37 -05001285 for differential drivers on PSC3: 0x00000100
1286 for single ended drivers on PSC3: 0x00004100
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001287 CONFIG_SYS_USB_EVENT_POLL
Zhang Weifdcfaa12007-06-06 10:08:13 +02001288 May be defined to allow interrupt polling
1289 instead of using asynchronous interrupts
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001290
Simon Glass9ab4ce22012-02-27 10:52:47 +00001291 CONFIG_USB_EHCI_TXFIFO_THRESH enables setting of the
1292 txfilltuning field in the EHCI controller on reset.
1293
Kuo-Jung Suaa155052013-05-15 15:29:22 +08001294 CONFIG_USB_HUB_MIN_POWER_ON_DELAY defines the minimum
1295 interval for usb hub power-on delay.(minimum 100msec)
1296
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001297- USB Device:
1298 Define the below if you wish to use the USB console.
1299 Once firmware is rebuilt from a serial console issue the
1300 command "setenv stdin usbtty; setenv stdout usbtty" and
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001301 attach your USB cable. The Unix command "dmesg" should print
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001302 it has found a new device. The environment variable usbtty
1303 can be set to gserial or cdc_acm to enable your device to
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001304 appear to a USB host as a Linux gserial device or a
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001305 Common Device Class Abstract Control Model serial device.
1306 If you select usbtty = gserial you should be able to enumerate
1307 a Linux host by
1308 # modprobe usbserial vendor=0xVendorID product=0xProductID
1309 else if using cdc_acm, simply setting the environment
1310 variable usbtty to be cdc_acm should suffice. The following
1311 might be defined in YourBoardName.h
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001312
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001313 CONFIG_USB_DEVICE
1314 Define this to build a UDC device
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001315
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001316 CONFIG_USB_TTY
1317 Define this to have a tty type of device available to
1318 talk to the UDC device
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001319
Vipin KUMARf9da0f82012-03-26 15:38:06 +05301320 CONFIG_USBD_HS
1321 Define this to enable the high speed support for usb
1322 device and usbtty. If this feature is enabled, a routine
1323 int is_usbd_high_speed(void)
1324 also needs to be defined by the driver to dynamically poll
1325 whether the enumeration has succeded at high speed or full
1326 speed.
1327
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001328 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_IS_IN_ENV
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001329 Define this if you want stdin, stdout &/or stderr to
1330 be set to usbtty.
1331
1332 mpc8xx:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001333 CONFIG_SYS_USB_EXTC_CLK 0xBLAH
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001334 Derive USB clock from external clock "blah"
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001335 - CONFIG_SYS_USB_EXTC_CLK 0x02
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001336
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001337 CONFIG_SYS_USB_BRG_CLK 0xBLAH
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001338 Derive USB clock from brgclk
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001339 - CONFIG_SYS_USB_BRG_CLK 0x04
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001340
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001341 If you have a USB-IF assigned VendorID then you may wish to
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001342 define your own vendor specific values either in BoardName.h
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001343 or directly in usbd_vendor_info.h. If you don't define
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001344 CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER, CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME,
1345 CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID and CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID, then U-Boot
1346 should pretend to be a Linux device to it's target host.
1347
1348 CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER
1349 Define this string as the name of your company for
1350 - CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER "my company"
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001351
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001352 CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME
1353 Define this string as the name of your product
1354 - CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME "acme usb device"
1355
1356 CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID
1357 Define this as your assigned Vendor ID from the USB
1358 Implementors Forum. This *must* be a genuine Vendor ID
1359 to avoid polluting the USB namespace.
1360 - CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID 0xFFFF
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001361
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001362 CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID
1363 Define this as the unique Product ID
1364 for your device
1365 - CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID 0xFFFF
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001366
Igor Grinbergd70a5602011-12-12 12:08:35 +02001367- ULPI Layer Support:
1368 The ULPI (UTMI Low Pin (count) Interface) PHYs are supported via
1369 the generic ULPI layer. The generic layer accesses the ULPI PHY
1370 via the platform viewport, so you need both the genric layer and
1371 the viewport enabled. Currently only Chipidea/ARC based
1372 viewport is supported.
1373 To enable the ULPI layer support, define CONFIG_USB_ULPI and
1374 CONFIG_USB_ULPI_VIEWPORT in your board configuration file.
Lucas Stach6d365ea2012-10-01 00:44:35 +02001375 If your ULPI phy needs a different reference clock than the
1376 standard 24 MHz then you have to define CONFIG_ULPI_REF_CLK to
1377 the appropriate value in Hz.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001378
1379- MMC Support:
1380 The MMC controller on the Intel PXA is supported. To
1381 enable this define CONFIG_MMC. The MMC can be
1382 accessed from the boot prompt by mapping the device
1383 to physical memory similar to flash. Command line is
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001384 enabled with CONFIG_CMD_MMC. The MMC driver also works with
1385 the FAT fs. This is enabled with CONFIG_CMD_FAT.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001386
Yoshihiro Shimodaafb35662011-07-04 22:21:22 +00001387 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF
1388 Support for Renesas on-chip MMCIF controller
1389
1390 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF_ADDR
1391 Define the base address of MMCIF registers
1392
1393 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF_CLK
1394 Define the clock frequency for MMCIF
1395
Tom Rinib3ba6e92013-03-14 05:32:47 +00001396- USB Device Firmware Update (DFU) class support:
1397 CONFIG_DFU_FUNCTION
1398 This enables the USB portion of the DFU USB class
1399
1400 CONFIG_CMD_DFU
1401 This enables the command "dfu" which is used to have
1402 U-Boot create a DFU class device via USB. This command
1403 requires that the "dfu_alt_info" environment variable be
1404 set and define the alt settings to expose to the host.
1405
1406 CONFIG_DFU_MMC
1407 This enables support for exposing (e)MMC devices via DFU.
1408
Pantelis Antoniouc6631762013-03-14 05:32:52 +00001409 CONFIG_DFU_NAND
1410 This enables support for exposing NAND devices via DFU.
1411
Heiko Schochere7e75c72013-06-12 06:05:51 +02001412 CONFIG_SYS_DFU_DATA_BUF_SIZE
1413 Dfu transfer uses a buffer before writing data to the
1414 raw storage device. Make the size (in bytes) of this buffer
1415 configurable. The size of this buffer is also configurable
1416 through the "dfu_bufsiz" environment variable.
1417
Pantelis Antoniouea2453d2013-03-14 05:32:48 +00001418 CONFIG_SYS_DFU_MAX_FILE_SIZE
1419 When updating files rather than the raw storage device,
1420 we use a static buffer to copy the file into and then write
1421 the buffer once we've been given the whole file. Define
1422 this to the maximum filesize (in bytes) for the buffer.
1423 Default is 4 MiB if undefined.
1424
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001425- Journaling Flash filesystem support:
1426 CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND, CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_OFF, CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_SIZE,
1427 CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_DEV
1428 Define these for a default partition on a NAND device
1429
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001430 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_FIRST_SECTOR,
1431 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_FIRST_BANK, CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_NUM_BANKS
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001432 Define these for a default partition on a NOR device
1433
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001434 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS_CUSTOM_PART
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001435 Define this to create an own partition. You have to provide a
1436 function struct part_info* jffs2_part_info(int part_num)
1437
1438 If you define only one JFFS2 partition you may also want to
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001439 #define CONFIG_SYS_JFFS_SINGLE_PART 1
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001440 to disable the command chpart. This is the default when you
1441 have not defined a custom partition
1442
Donggeun Kimc30a15e2011-10-24 21:15:28 +00001443- FAT(File Allocation Table) filesystem write function support:
1444 CONFIG_FAT_WRITE
Donggeun Kim656f4c62012-03-22 04:38:56 +00001445
1446 Define this to enable support for saving memory data as a
1447 file in FAT formatted partition.
1448
1449 This will also enable the command "fatwrite" enabling the
1450 user to write files to FAT.
Donggeun Kimc30a15e2011-10-24 21:15:28 +00001451
Gabe Black84cd9322012-10-12 14:26:11 +00001452CBFS (Coreboot Filesystem) support
1453 CONFIG_CMD_CBFS
1454
1455 Define this to enable support for reading from a Coreboot
1456 filesystem. Available commands are cbfsinit, cbfsinfo, cbfsls
1457 and cbfsload.
1458
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001459- Keyboard Support:
1460 CONFIG_ISA_KEYBOARD
1461
1462 Define this to enable standard (PC-Style) keyboard
1463 support
1464
1465 CONFIG_I8042_KBD
1466 Standard PC keyboard driver with US (is default) and
1467 GERMAN key layout (switch via environment 'keymap=de') support.
1468 Export function i8042_kbd_init, i8042_tstc and i8042_getc
1469 for cfb_console. Supports cursor blinking.
1470
Hung-ying Tyan713cb682013-05-15 18:27:32 +08001471 CONFIG_CROS_EC_KEYB
1472 Enables a Chrome OS keyboard using the CROS_EC interface.
1473 This uses CROS_EC to communicate with a second microcontroller
1474 which provides key scans on request.
1475
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001476- Video support:
1477 CONFIG_VIDEO
1478
1479 Define this to enable video support (for output to
1480 video).
1481
1482 CONFIG_VIDEO_CT69000
1483
1484 Enable Chips & Technologies 69000 Video chip
1485
1486 CONFIG_VIDEO_SMI_LYNXEM
wdenkb79a11c2004-03-25 15:14:43 +00001487 Enable Silicon Motion SMI 712/710/810 Video chip. The
wdenkeeb1b772004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001488 video output is selected via environment 'videoout'
1489 (1 = LCD and 2 = CRT). If videoout is undefined, CRT is
1490 assumed.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001491
wdenkb79a11c2004-03-25 15:14:43 +00001492 For the CT69000 and SMI_LYNXEM drivers, videomode is
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001493 selected via environment 'videomode'. Two different ways
wdenkeeb1b772004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001494 are possible:
1495 - "videomode=num" 'num' is a standard LiLo mode numbers.
wdenk6e592382004-04-18 17:39:38 +00001496 Following standard modes are supported (* is default):
wdenkeeb1b772004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001497
1498 Colors 640x480 800x600 1024x768 1152x864 1280x1024
1499 -------------+---------------------------------------------
1500 8 bits | 0x301* 0x303 0x305 0x161 0x307
1501 15 bits | 0x310 0x313 0x316 0x162 0x319
1502 16 bits | 0x311 0x314 0x317 0x163 0x31A
1503 24 bits | 0x312 0x315 0x318 ? 0x31B
1504 -------------+---------------------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001505 (i.e. setenv videomode 317; saveenv; reset;)
1506
wdenkb79a11c2004-03-25 15:14:43 +00001507 - "videomode=bootargs" all the video parameters are parsed
Marcel Ziswiler7817cb22007-12-30 03:30:46 +01001508 from the bootargs. (See drivers/video/videomodes.c)
wdenkeeb1b772004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001509
1510
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00001511 CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001512 Enable Epson SED13806 driver. This driver supports 8bpp
wdenka6c7ad22002-12-03 21:28:10 +00001513 and 16bpp modes defined by CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806_8BPP
1514 or CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806_16BPP
1515
Timur Tabi7d3053f2011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001516 CONFIG_FSL_DIU_FB
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02001517 Enable the Freescale DIU video driver. Reference boards for
Timur Tabi7d3053f2011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001518 SOCs that have a DIU should define this macro to enable DIU
1519 support, and should also define these other macros:
1520
1521 CONFIG_SYS_DIU_ADDR
1522 CONFIG_VIDEO
1523 CONFIG_CMD_BMP
1524 CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE
1525 CONFIG_VIDEO_SW_CURSOR
1526 CONFIG_VGA_AS_SINGLE_DEVICE
1527 CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO
1528 CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_LOGO
1529
Timur Tabiba8e76b2011-04-11 14:18:22 -05001530 The DIU driver will look for the 'video-mode' environment
1531 variable, and if defined, enable the DIU as a console during
1532 boot. See the documentation file README.video for a
1533 description of this variable.
Timur Tabi7d3053f2011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001534
Simon Glass058d59b2012-12-03 13:59:47 +00001535 CONFIG_VIDEO_VGA
1536
1537 Enable the VGA video / BIOS for x86. The alternative if you
1538 are using coreboot is to use the coreboot frame buffer
1539 driver.
1540
1541
wdenk682011f2003-06-03 23:54:09 +00001542- Keyboard Support:
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001543 CONFIG_KEYBOARD
wdenk682011f2003-06-03 23:54:09 +00001544
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001545 Define this to enable a custom keyboard support.
1546 This simply calls drv_keyboard_init() which must be
1547 defined in your board-specific files.
1548 The only board using this so far is RBC823.
wdenka6c7ad22002-12-03 21:28:10 +00001549
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001550- LCD Support: CONFIG_LCD
1551
1552 Define this to enable LCD support (for output to LCD
1553 display); also select one of the supported displays
1554 by defining one of these:
1555
Stelian Pop39cf4802008-05-09 21:57:18 +02001556 CONFIG_ATMEL_LCD:
1557
1558 HITACHI TX09D70VM1CCA, 3.5", 240x320.
1559
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001560 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448AC33:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001561
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001562 NEC NL6448AC33-18. Active, color, single scan.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001563
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001564 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448BC20
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001565
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001566 NEC NL6448BC20-08. 6.5", 640x480.
1567 Active, color, single scan.
1568
1569 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448BC33_54
1570
1571 NEC NL6448BC33-54. 10.4", 640x480.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001572 Active, color, single scan.
1573
1574 CONFIG_SHARP_16x9
1575
1576 Sharp 320x240. Active, color, single scan.
1577 It isn't 16x9, and I am not sure what it is.
1578
1579 CONFIG_SHARP_LQ64D341
1580
1581 Sharp LQ64D341 display, 640x480.
1582 Active, color, single scan.
1583
1584 CONFIG_HLD1045
1585
1586 HLD1045 display, 640x480.
1587 Active, color, single scan.
1588
1589 CONFIG_OPTREX_BW
1590
1591 Optrex CBL50840-2 NF-FW 99 22 M5
1592 or
1593 Hitachi LMG6912RPFC-00T
1594 or
1595 Hitachi SP14Q002
1596
1597 320x240. Black & white.
1598
1599 Normally display is black on white background; define
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001600 CONFIG_SYS_WHITE_ON_BLACK to get it inverted.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001601
Simon Glass676d3192012-10-17 13:24:54 +00001602 CONFIG_LCD_ALIGNMENT
1603
1604 Normally the LCD is page-aligned (tyically 4KB). If this is
1605 defined then the LCD will be aligned to this value instead.
1606 For ARM it is sometimes useful to use MMU_SECTION_SIZE
1607 here, since it is cheaper to change data cache settings on
1608 a per-section basis.
1609
Simon Glass0d89efe2012-10-17 13:24:59 +00001610 CONFIG_CONSOLE_SCROLL_LINES
1611
1612 When the console need to be scrolled, this is the number of
1613 lines to scroll by. It defaults to 1. Increasing this makes
1614 the console jump but can help speed up operation when scrolling
1615 is slow.
Simon Glass676d3192012-10-17 13:24:54 +00001616
Tom Wai-Hong Tam45d7f522012-09-28 15:11:16 +00001617 CONFIG_LCD_BMP_RLE8
1618
1619 Support drawing of RLE8-compressed bitmaps on the LCD.
1620
Tom Wai-Hong Tam735987c2012-12-05 14:46:40 +00001621 CONFIG_I2C_EDID
1622
1623 Enables an 'i2c edid' command which can read EDID
1624 information over I2C from an attached LCD display.
1625
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00001626- Splash Screen Support: CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN
wdenkd791b1d2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00001627
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001628 If this option is set, the environment is checked for
1629 a variable "splashimage". If found, the usual display
1630 of logo, copyright and system information on the LCD
wdenke94d2cd2004-06-30 22:59:18 +00001631 is suppressed and the BMP image at the address
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001632 specified in "splashimage" is loaded instead. The
1633 console is redirected to the "nulldev", too. This
1634 allows for a "silent" boot where a splash screen is
1635 loaded very quickly after power-on.
wdenkd791b1d2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00001636
Nikita Kiryanovc0880482013-02-24 21:28:43 +00001637 CONFIG_SPLASHIMAGE_GUARD
1638
1639 If this option is set, then U-Boot will prevent the environment
1640 variable "splashimage" from being set to a problematic address
1641 (see README.displaying-bmps and README.arm-unaligned-accesses).
1642 This option is useful for targets where, due to alignment
1643 restrictions, an improperly aligned BMP image will cause a data
1644 abort. If you think you will not have problems with unaligned
1645 accesses (for example because your toolchain prevents them)
1646 there is no need to set this option.
1647
Matthias Weisser1ca298c2009-07-09 16:07:30 +02001648 CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN_ALIGN
1649
1650 If this option is set the splash image can be freely positioned
1651 on the screen. Environment variable "splashpos" specifies the
1652 position as "x,y". If a positive number is given it is used as
1653 number of pixel from left/top. If a negative number is given it
1654 is used as number of pixel from right/bottom. You can also
1655 specify 'm' for centering the image.
1656
1657 Example:
1658 setenv splashpos m,m
1659 => image at center of screen
1660
1661 setenv splashpos 30,20
1662 => image at x = 30 and y = 20
1663
1664 setenv splashpos -10,m
1665 => vertically centered image
1666 at x = dspWidth - bmpWidth - 9
1667
Stefan Roese98f4a3d2005-09-22 09:04:17 +02001668- Gzip compressed BMP image support: CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_GZIP
1669
1670 If this option is set, additionally to standard BMP
1671 images, gzipped BMP images can be displayed via the
1672 splashscreen support or the bmp command.
1673
Anatolij Gustschind5011762010-03-15 14:50:25 +01001674- Run length encoded BMP image (RLE8) support: CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_RLE8
1675
1676 If this option is set, 8-bit RLE compressed BMP images
1677 can be displayed via the splashscreen support or the
1678 bmp command.
1679
Lei Wenf2b96df2012-09-28 04:26:47 +00001680- Do compresssing for memory range:
1681 CONFIG_CMD_ZIP
1682
1683 If this option is set, it would use zlib deflate method
1684 to compress the specified memory at its best effort.
1685
wdenkc29fdfc2003-08-29 20:57:53 +00001686- Compression support:
1687 CONFIG_BZIP2
1688
1689 If this option is set, support for bzip2 compressed
1690 images is included. If not, only uncompressed and gzip
1691 compressed images are supported.
1692
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00001693 NOTE: the bzip2 algorithm requires a lot of RAM, so
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001694 the malloc area (as defined by CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN) should
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00001695 be at least 4MB.
wdenkd791b1d2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00001696
Luigi 'Comio' Mantellinifc9c1722008-09-08 02:46:13 +02001697 CONFIG_LZMA
1698
1699 If this option is set, support for lzma compressed
1700 images is included.
1701
1702 Note: The LZMA algorithm adds between 2 and 4KB of code and it
1703 requires an amount of dynamic memory that is given by the
1704 formula:
1705
1706 (1846 + 768 << (lc + lp)) * sizeof(uint16)
1707
1708 Where lc and lp stand for, respectively, Literal context bits
1709 and Literal pos bits.
1710
1711 This value is upper-bounded by 14MB in the worst case. Anyway,
1712 for a ~4MB large kernel image, we have lc=3 and lp=0 for a
1713 total amount of (1846 + 768 << (3 + 0)) * 2 = ~41KB... that is
1714 a very small buffer.
1715
1716 Use the lzmainfo tool to determinate the lc and lp values and
1717 then calculate the amount of needed dynamic memory (ensuring
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001718 the appropriate CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN value).
Luigi 'Comio' Mantellinifc9c1722008-09-08 02:46:13 +02001719
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00001720- MII/PHY support:
1721 CONFIG_PHY_ADDR
1722
1723 The address of PHY on MII bus.
1724
1725 CONFIG_PHY_CLOCK_FREQ (ppc4xx)
1726
1727 The clock frequency of the MII bus
1728
1729 CONFIG_PHY_GIGE
1730
1731 If this option is set, support for speed/duplex
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001732 detection of gigabit PHY is included.
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00001733
1734 CONFIG_PHY_RESET_DELAY
1735
1736 Some PHY like Intel LXT971A need extra delay after
1737 reset before any MII register access is possible.
1738 For such PHY, set this option to the usec delay
1739 required. (minimum 300usec for LXT971A)
1740
1741 CONFIG_PHY_CMD_DELAY (ppc4xx)
1742
1743 Some PHY like Intel LXT971A need extra delay after
1744 command issued before MII status register can be read
1745
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001746- Ethernet address:
1747 CONFIG_ETHADDR
richardretanubunc68a05f2008-09-29 18:28:23 -04001748 CONFIG_ETH1ADDR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001749 CONFIG_ETH2ADDR
1750 CONFIG_ETH3ADDR
richardretanubunc68a05f2008-09-29 18:28:23 -04001751 CONFIG_ETH4ADDR
1752 CONFIG_ETH5ADDR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001753
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001754 Define a default value for Ethernet address to use
1755 for the respective Ethernet interface, in case this
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001756 is not determined automatically.
1757
1758- IP address:
1759 CONFIG_IPADDR
1760
1761 Define a default value for the IP address to use for
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001762 the default Ethernet interface, in case this is not
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001763 determined through e.g. bootp.
Wolfgang Denk1ebcd652011-10-26 10:21:22 +00001764 (Environment variable "ipaddr")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001765
1766- Server IP address:
1767 CONFIG_SERVERIP
1768
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001769 Defines a default value for the IP address of a TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001770 server to contact when using the "tftboot" command.
Wolfgang Denk1ebcd652011-10-26 10:21:22 +00001771 (Environment variable "serverip")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001772
Robin Getz97cfe862009-07-21 12:15:28 -04001773 CONFIG_KEEP_SERVERADDR
1774
1775 Keeps the server's MAC address, in the env 'serveraddr'
1776 for passing to bootargs (like Linux's netconsole option)
1777
Wolfgang Denk1ebcd652011-10-26 10:21:22 +00001778- Gateway IP address:
1779 CONFIG_GATEWAYIP
1780
1781 Defines a default value for the IP address of the
1782 default router where packets to other networks are
1783 sent to.
1784 (Environment variable "gatewayip")
1785
1786- Subnet mask:
1787 CONFIG_NETMASK
1788
1789 Defines a default value for the subnet mask (or
1790 routing prefix) which is used to determine if an IP
1791 address belongs to the local subnet or needs to be
1792 forwarded through a router.
1793 (Environment variable "netmask")
1794
David Updegraff53a5c422007-06-11 10:41:07 -05001795- Multicast TFTP Mode:
1796 CONFIG_MCAST_TFTP
1797
1798 Defines whether you want to support multicast TFTP as per
1799 rfc-2090; for example to work with atftp. Lets lots of targets
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001800 tftp down the same boot image concurrently. Note: the Ethernet
David Updegraff53a5c422007-06-11 10:41:07 -05001801 driver in use must provide a function: mcast() to join/leave a
1802 multicast group.
1803
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001804- BOOTP Recovery Mode:
1805 CONFIG_BOOTP_RANDOM_DELAY
1806
1807 If you have many targets in a network that try to
1808 boot using BOOTP, you may want to avoid that all
1809 systems send out BOOTP requests at precisely the same
1810 moment (which would happen for instance at recovery
1811 from a power failure, when all systems will try to
1812 boot, thus flooding the BOOTP server. Defining
1813 CONFIG_BOOTP_RANDOM_DELAY causes a random delay to be
1814 inserted before sending out BOOTP requests. The
Wolfgang Denk6c33c782007-08-06 23:21:05 +02001815 following delays are inserted then:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001816
1817 1st BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 1 sec
1818 2nd BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 2 sec
1819 3rd BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 4 sec
1820 4th and following
1821 BOOTP requests: delay 0 ... 8 sec
1822
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001823- DHCP Advanced Options:
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001824 You can fine tune the DHCP functionality by defining
1825 CONFIG_BOOTP_* symbols:
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001826
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001827 CONFIG_BOOTP_SUBNETMASK
1828 CONFIG_BOOTP_GATEWAY
1829 CONFIG_BOOTP_HOSTNAME
1830 CONFIG_BOOTP_NISDOMAIN
1831 CONFIG_BOOTP_BOOTPATH
1832 CONFIG_BOOTP_BOOTFILESIZE
1833 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS
1834 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2
1835 CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME
1836 CONFIG_BOOTP_NTPSERVER
1837 CONFIG_BOOTP_TIMEOFFSET
1838 CONFIG_BOOTP_VENDOREX
Joe Hershberger2c00e092012-05-23 07:59:19 +00001839 CONFIG_BOOTP_MAY_FAIL
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001840
Wilson Callan5d110f02007-07-28 10:56:13 -04001841 CONFIG_BOOTP_SERVERIP - TFTP server will be the serverip
1842 environment variable, not the BOOTP server.
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001843
Joe Hershberger2c00e092012-05-23 07:59:19 +00001844 CONFIG_BOOTP_MAY_FAIL - If the DHCP server is not found
1845 after the configured retry count, the call will fail
1846 instead of starting over. This can be used to fail over
1847 to Link-local IP address configuration if the DHCP server
1848 is not available.
1849
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001850 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2 - If a DHCP client requests the DNS
1851 serverip from a DHCP server, it is possible that more
1852 than one DNS serverip is offered to the client.
1853 If CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2 is enabled, the secondary DNS
1854 serverip will be stored in the additional environment
1855 variable "dnsip2". The first DNS serverip is always
1856 stored in the variable "dnsip", when CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001857 is defined.
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001858
1859 CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME - Some DHCP servers are capable
1860 to do a dynamic update of a DNS server. To do this, they
1861 need the hostname of the DHCP requester.
Wilson Callan5d110f02007-07-28 10:56:13 -04001862 If CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME is defined, the content
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001863 of the "hostname" environment variable is passed as
1864 option 12 to the DHCP server.
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001865
Aras Vaichasd9a2f412008-03-26 09:43:57 +11001866 CONFIG_BOOTP_DHCP_REQUEST_DELAY
1867
1868 A 32bit value in microseconds for a delay between
1869 receiving a "DHCP Offer" and sending the "DHCP Request".
1870 This fixes a problem with certain DHCP servers that don't
1871 respond 100% of the time to a "DHCP request". E.g. On an
1872 AT91RM9200 processor running at 180MHz, this delay needed
1873 to be *at least* 15,000 usec before a Windows Server 2003
1874 DHCP server would reply 100% of the time. I recommend at
1875 least 50,000 usec to be safe. The alternative is to hope
1876 that one of the retries will be successful but note that
1877 the DHCP timeout and retry process takes a longer than
1878 this delay.
1879
Joe Hershbergerd22c3382012-05-23 08:00:12 +00001880 - Link-local IP address negotiation:
1881 Negotiate with other link-local clients on the local network
1882 for an address that doesn't require explicit configuration.
1883 This is especially useful if a DHCP server cannot be guaranteed
1884 to exist in all environments that the device must operate.
1885
1886 See doc/README.link-local for more information.
1887
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00001888 - CDP Options:
wdenk6e592382004-04-18 17:39:38 +00001889 CONFIG_CDP_DEVICE_ID
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00001890
1891 The device id used in CDP trigger frames.
1892
1893 CONFIG_CDP_DEVICE_ID_PREFIX
1894
1895 A two character string which is prefixed to the MAC address
1896 of the device.
1897
1898 CONFIG_CDP_PORT_ID
1899
1900 A printf format string which contains the ascii name of
1901 the port. Normally is set to "eth%d" which sets
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001902 eth0 for the first Ethernet, eth1 for the second etc.
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00001903
1904 CONFIG_CDP_CAPABILITIES
1905
1906 A 32bit integer which indicates the device capabilities;
1907 0x00000010 for a normal host which does not forwards.
1908
1909 CONFIG_CDP_VERSION
1910
1911 An ascii string containing the version of the software.
1912
1913 CONFIG_CDP_PLATFORM
1914
1915 An ascii string containing the name of the platform.
1916
1917 CONFIG_CDP_TRIGGER
1918
1919 A 32bit integer sent on the trigger.
1920
1921 CONFIG_CDP_POWER_CONSUMPTION
1922
1923 A 16bit integer containing the power consumption of the
1924 device in .1 of milliwatts.
1925
1926 CONFIG_CDP_APPLIANCE_VLAN_TYPE
1927
1928 A byte containing the id of the VLAN.
1929
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001930- Status LED: CONFIG_STATUS_LED
1931
1932 Several configurations allow to display the current
1933 status using a LED. For instance, the LED will blink
1934 fast while running U-Boot code, stop blinking as
1935 soon as a reply to a BOOTP request was received, and
1936 start blinking slow once the Linux kernel is running
1937 (supported by a status LED driver in the Linux
1938 kernel). Defining CONFIG_STATUS_LED enables this
1939 feature in U-Boot.
1940
1941- CAN Support: CONFIG_CAN_DRIVER
1942
1943 Defining CONFIG_CAN_DRIVER enables CAN driver support
1944 on those systems that support this (optional)
1945 feature, like the TQM8xxL modules.
1946
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00001947- I2C Support: CONFIG_SYS_I2C
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001948
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00001949 This enable the NEW i2c subsystem, and will allow you to use
1950 i2c commands at the u-boot command line (as long as you set
1951 CONFIG_CMD_I2C in CONFIG_COMMANDS) and communicate with i2c
1952 based realtime clock chips or other i2c devices. See
1953 common/cmd_i2c.c for a description of the command line
1954 interface.
1955
1956 ported i2c driver to the new framework:
1957
1958 additional defines:
1959
1960 CONFIG_SYS_NUM_I2C_BUSES
1961 Hold the number of i2c busses you want to use. If you
1962 don't use/have i2c muxes on your i2c bus, this
1963 is equal to CONFIG_SYS_NUM_I2C_ADAPTERS, and you can
1964 omit this define.
1965
1966 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DIRECT_BUS
1967 define this, if you don't use i2c muxes on your hardware.
1968 if CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS is not defined or == 0 you can
1969 omit this define.
1970
1971 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS
1972 define how many muxes are maximal consecutively connected
1973 on one i2c bus. If you not use i2c muxes, omit this
1974 define.
1975
1976 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BUSES
1977 hold a list of busses you want to use, only used if
1978 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DIRECT_BUS is not defined, for example
1979 a board with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS = 1 and
1980 CONFIG_SYS_NUM_I2C_BUSES = 9:
1981
1982 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BUSES {{0, {I2C_NULL_HOP}}, \
1983 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 1}}}, \
1984 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 2}}}, \
1985 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 3}}}, \
1986 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 4}}}, \
1987 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 5}}}, \
1988 {1, {I2C_NULL_HOP}}, \
1989 {1, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9544, 0x72, 1}}}, \
1990 {1, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9544, 0x72, 2}}}, \
1991 }
1992
1993 which defines
1994 bus 0 on adapter 0 without a mux
1995 bus 1 on adapter 0 without a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 1
1996 bus 2 on adapter 0 without a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 2
1997 bus 3 on adapter 0 without a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 3
1998 bus 4 on adapter 0 without a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 4
1999 bus 5 on adapter 0 without a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 5
2000 bus 6 on adapter 1 without a mux
2001 bus 7 on adapter 1 without a PCA9544 on address 0x72 port 1
2002 bus 8 on adapter 1 without a PCA9544 on address 0x72 port 2
2003
2004 If you do not have i2c muxes on your board, omit this define.
2005
2006- Legacy I2C Support: CONFIG_HARD_I2C | CONFIG_SOFT_I2C
2007
2008 NOTE: It is intended to move drivers to CONFIG_SYS_I2C which
2009 provides the following compelling advantages:
2010
2011 - more than one i2c adapter is usable
2012 - approved multibus support
2013 - better i2c mux support
2014
2015 ** Please consider updating your I2C driver now. **
2016
2017 These enable legacy I2C serial bus commands. Defining either of
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002018 (but not both of) CONFIG_HARD_I2C or CONFIG_SOFT_I2C will
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002019 include the appropriate I2C driver for the selected CPU.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002020
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002021 This will allow you to use i2c commands at the u-boot
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05002022 command line (as long as you set CONFIG_CMD_I2C in
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002023 CONFIG_COMMANDS) and communicate with i2c based realtime
2024 clock chips. See common/cmd_i2c.c for a description of the
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002025 command line interface.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002026
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002027 CONFIG_HARD_I2C selects a hardware I2C controller.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002028
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002029 CONFIG_SOFT_I2C configures u-boot to use a software (aka
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002030 bit-banging) driver instead of CPM or similar hardware
2031 support for I2C.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002032
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002033 There are several other quantities that must also be
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002034 defined when you define CONFIG_HARD_I2C or CONFIG_SOFT_I2C.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002035
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002036 In both cases you will need to define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SPEED
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002037 to be the frequency (in Hz) at which you wish your i2c bus
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002038 to run and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SLAVE to be the address of this node (ie
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002039 the CPU's i2c node address).
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002040
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -05002041 Now, the u-boot i2c code for the mpc8xx
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02002042 (arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc8xx/i2c.c) sets the CPU up as a master node
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -05002043 and so its address should therefore be cleared to 0 (See,
2044 eg, MPC823e User's Manual p.16-473). So, set
2045 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SLAVE to 0.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002046
Eric Millbrandt5da71ef2009-09-03 08:09:44 -05002047 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_MPC5XXX
2048
2049 When a board is reset during an i2c bus transfer
2050 chips might think that the current transfer is still
2051 in progress. Reset the slave devices by sending start
2052 commands until the slave device responds.
2053
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002054 That's all that's required for CONFIG_HARD_I2C.
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002055
2056 If you use the software i2c interface (CONFIG_SOFT_I2C)
2057 then the following macros need to be defined (examples are
2058 from include/configs/lwmon.h):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002059
2060 I2C_INIT
2061
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002062 (Optional). Any commands necessary to enable the I2C
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002063 controller or configure ports.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002064
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002065 eg: #define I2C_INIT (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir |= PB_SCL)
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002066
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002067 I2C_PORT
2068
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002069 (Only for MPC8260 CPU). The I/O port to use (the code
2070 assumes both bits are on the same port). Valid values
2071 are 0..3 for ports A..D.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002072
2073 I2C_ACTIVE
2074
2075 The code necessary to make the I2C data line active
2076 (driven). If the data line is open collector, this
2077 define can be null.
2078
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002079 eg: #define I2C_ACTIVE (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir |= PB_SDA)
2080
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002081 I2C_TRISTATE
2082
2083 The code necessary to make the I2C data line tri-stated
2084 (inactive). If the data line is open collector, this
2085 define can be null.
2086
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002087 eg: #define I2C_TRISTATE (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir &= ~PB_SDA)
2088
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002089 I2C_READ
2090
York Sun472d5462013-04-01 11:29:11 -07002091 Code that returns true if the I2C data line is high,
2092 false if it is low.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002093
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002094 eg: #define I2C_READ ((immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat & PB_SDA) != 0)
2095
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002096 I2C_SDA(bit)
2097
York Sun472d5462013-04-01 11:29:11 -07002098 If <bit> is true, sets the I2C data line high. If it
2099 is false, it clears it (low).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002100
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002101 eg: #define I2C_SDA(bit) \
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +00002102 if(bit) immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat |= PB_SDA; \
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002103 else immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat &= ~PB_SDA
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002104
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002105 I2C_SCL(bit)
2106
York Sun472d5462013-04-01 11:29:11 -07002107 If <bit> is true, sets the I2C clock line high. If it
2108 is false, it clears it (low).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002109
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002110 eg: #define I2C_SCL(bit) \
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +00002111 if(bit) immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat |= PB_SCL; \
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002112 else immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat &= ~PB_SCL
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002113
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002114 I2C_DELAY
2115
2116 This delay is invoked four times per clock cycle so this
2117 controls the rate of data transfer. The data rate thus
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002118 is 1 / (I2C_DELAY * 4). Often defined to be something
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002119 like:
2120
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002121 #define I2C_DELAY udelay(2)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002122
Mike Frysinger793b5722010-07-21 13:38:02 -04002123 CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_GPIO_SCL / CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_GPIO_SDA
2124
2125 If your arch supports the generic GPIO framework (asm/gpio.h),
2126 then you may alternatively define the two GPIOs that are to be
2127 used as SCL / SDA. Any of the previous I2C_xxx macros will
2128 have GPIO-based defaults assigned to them as appropriate.
2129
2130 You should define these to the GPIO value as given directly to
2131 the generic GPIO functions.
2132
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002133 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_BOARD
wdenk47cd00f2003-03-06 13:39:27 +00002134
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002135 When a board is reset during an i2c bus transfer
2136 chips might think that the current transfer is still
2137 in progress. On some boards it is possible to access
2138 the i2c SCLK line directly, either by using the
2139 processor pin as a GPIO or by having a second pin
2140 connected to the bus. If this option is defined a
2141 custom i2c_init_board() routine in boards/xxx/board.c
2142 is run early in the boot sequence.
wdenk47cd00f2003-03-06 13:39:27 +00002143
Richard Retanubun26a33502010-04-12 15:08:17 -04002144 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BOARD_LATE_INIT
2145
2146 An alternative to CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_BOARD. If this option is
2147 defined a custom i2c_board_late_init() routine in
2148 boards/xxx/board.c is run AFTER the operations in i2c_init()
2149 is completed. This callpoint can be used to unreset i2c bus
2150 using CPU i2c controller register accesses for CPUs whose i2c
2151 controller provide such a method. It is called at the end of
2152 i2c_init() to allow i2c_init operations to setup the i2c bus
2153 controller on the CPU (e.g. setting bus speed & slave address).
2154
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00002155 CONFIG_I2CFAST (PPC405GP|PPC405EP only)
2156
2157 This option enables configuration of bi_iic_fast[] flags
2158 in u-boot bd_info structure based on u-boot environment
2159 variable "i2cfast". (see also i2cfast)
2160
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002161 CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
2162
2163 This option allows the use of multiple I2C buses, each of which
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002164 must have a controller. At any point in time, only one bus is
2165 active. To switch to a different bus, use the 'i2c dev' command.
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002166 Note that bus numbering is zero-based.
2167
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002168 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002169
2170 This option specifies a list of I2C devices that will be skipped
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002171 when the 'i2c probe' command is issued. If CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Peter Tyser0f89c542009-04-18 22:34:03 -05002172 is set, specify a list of bus-device pairs. Otherwise, specify
2173 a 1D array of device addresses
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002174
2175 e.g.
2176 #undef CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002177 #define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES {0x50,0x68}
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002178
2179 will skip addresses 0x50 and 0x68 on a board with one I2C bus
2180
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002181 #define CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002182 #define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MULTI_NOPROBES {{0,0x50},{0,0x68},{1,0x54}}
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002183
2184 will skip addresses 0x50 and 0x68 on bus 0 and address 0x54 on bus 1
2185
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002186 CONFIG_SYS_SPD_BUS_NUM
Timur Tabibe5e6182006-11-03 19:15:00 -06002187
2188 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for DDR SPD.
2189 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that SPD is on I2C bus 0.
2190
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002191 CONFIG_SYS_RTC_BUS_NUM
Stefan Roese0dc018e2007-02-20 10:51:26 +01002192
2193 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for the RTC.
2194 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that RTC is on I2C bus 0.
2195
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002196 CONFIG_SYS_DTT_BUS_NUM
Stefan Roese0dc018e2007-02-20 10:51:26 +01002197
2198 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for the DTT.
2199 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that DTT is on I2C bus 0.
2200
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002201 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DTT_ADDR:
Victor Gallardo9ebbb542008-09-09 15:13:29 -07002202
2203 If defined, specifies the I2C address of the DTT device.
2204 If not defined, then U-Boot uses predefined value for
2205 specified DTT device.
2206
Timur Tabibe5e6182006-11-03 19:15:00 -06002207 CONFIG_FSL_I2C
2208
2209 Define this option if you want to use Freescale's I2C driver in
Marcel Ziswiler7817cb22007-12-30 03:30:46 +01002210 drivers/i2c/fsl_i2c.c.
Timur Tabibe5e6182006-11-03 19:15:00 -06002211
Heiko Schocher67b23a32008-10-15 09:39:47 +02002212 CONFIG_I2C_MUX
2213
2214 Define this option if you have I2C devices reached over 1 .. n
2215 I2C Muxes like the pca9544a. This option addes a new I2C
2216 Command "i2c bus [muxtype:muxaddr:muxchannel]" which adds a
2217 new I2C Bus to the existing I2C Busses. If you select the
2218 new Bus with "i2c dev", u-bbot sends first the commandos for
2219 the muxes to activate this new "bus".
2220
2221 CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS must be also defined, to use this
2222 feature!
2223
2224 Example:
2225 Adding a new I2C Bus reached over 2 pca9544a muxes
2226 The First mux with address 70 and channel 6
2227 The Second mux with address 71 and channel 4
2228
2229 => i2c bus pca9544a:70:6:pca9544a:71:4
2230
2231 Use the "i2c bus" command without parameter, to get a list
2232 of I2C Busses with muxes:
2233
2234 => i2c bus
2235 Busses reached over muxes:
2236 Bus ID: 2
2237 reached over Mux(es):
2238 pca9544a@70 ch: 4
2239 Bus ID: 3
2240 reached over Mux(es):
2241 pca9544a@70 ch: 6
2242 pca9544a@71 ch: 4
2243 =>
2244
2245 If you now switch to the new I2C Bus 3 with "i2c dev 3"
Michael Jonesf9a78b82011-07-14 22:09:28 +00002246 u-boot first sends the command to the mux@70 to enable
2247 channel 6, and then the command to the mux@71 to enable
Heiko Schocher67b23a32008-10-15 09:39:47 +02002248 the channel 4.
2249
2250 After that, you can use the "normal" i2c commands as
Michael Jonesf9a78b82011-07-14 22:09:28 +00002251 usual to communicate with your I2C devices behind
Heiko Schocher67b23a32008-10-15 09:39:47 +02002252 the 2 muxes.
2253
2254 This option is actually implemented for the bitbanging
2255 algorithm in common/soft_i2c.c and for the Hardware I2C
2256 Bus on the MPC8260. But it should be not so difficult
2257 to add this option to other architectures.
2258
Andrew Dyer2ac69852008-12-29 17:36:01 -06002259 CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_READ_REPEATED_START
2260
2261 defining this will force the i2c_read() function in
2262 the soft_i2c driver to perform an I2C repeated start
2263 between writing the address pointer and reading the
2264 data. If this define is omitted the default behaviour
2265 of doing a stop-start sequence will be used. Most I2C
2266 devices can use either method, but some require one or
2267 the other.
Timur Tabibe5e6182006-11-03 19:15:00 -06002268
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002269- SPI Support: CONFIG_SPI
2270
2271 Enables SPI driver (so far only tested with
2272 SPI EEPROM, also an instance works with Crystal A/D and
2273 D/As on the SACSng board)
2274
Yoshihiro Shimoda66395622011-01-31 16:50:43 +09002275 CONFIG_SH_SPI
2276
2277 Enables the driver for SPI controller on SuperH. Currently
2278 only SH7757 is supported.
2279
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002280 CONFIG_SPI_X
2281
2282 Enables extended (16-bit) SPI EEPROM addressing.
2283 (symmetrical to CONFIG_I2C_X)
2284
2285 CONFIG_SOFT_SPI
2286
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002287 Enables a software (bit-bang) SPI driver rather than
2288 using hardware support. This is a general purpose
2289 driver that only requires three general I/O port pins
2290 (two outputs, one input) to function. If this is
2291 defined, the board configuration must define several
2292 SPI configuration items (port pins to use, etc). For
2293 an example, see include/configs/sacsng.h.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002294
Ben Warren04a9e112008-01-16 22:37:35 -05002295 CONFIG_HARD_SPI
2296
2297 Enables a hardware SPI driver for general-purpose reads
2298 and writes. As with CONFIG_SOFT_SPI, the board configuration
2299 must define a list of chip-select function pointers.
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002300 Currently supported on some MPC8xxx processors. For an
Ben Warren04a9e112008-01-16 22:37:35 -05002301 example, see include/configs/mpc8349emds.h.
2302
Guennadi Liakhovetski38254f42008-04-15 14:14:25 +02002303 CONFIG_MXC_SPI
2304
2305 Enables the driver for the SPI controllers on i.MX and MXC
Fabio Estevam2e3cd1c2011-10-28 08:57:46 +00002306 SoCs. Currently i.MX31/35/51 are supported.
Guennadi Liakhovetski38254f42008-04-15 14:14:25 +02002307
Matthias Fuchs01335022007-12-27 17:12:34 +01002308- FPGA Support: CONFIG_FPGA
2309
2310 Enables FPGA subsystem.
2311
2312 CONFIG_FPGA_<vendor>
2313
2314 Enables support for specific chip vendors.
2315 (ALTERA, XILINX)
2316
2317 CONFIG_FPGA_<family>
2318
2319 Enables support for FPGA family.
2320 (SPARTAN2, SPARTAN3, VIRTEX2, CYCLONE2, ACEX1K, ACEX)
2321
2322 CONFIG_FPGA_COUNT
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002323
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002324 Specify the number of FPGA devices to support.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002325
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002326 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_PROG_FEEDBACK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002327
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002328 Enable printing of hash marks during FPGA configuration.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002329
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002330 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_BUSY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002331
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002332 Enable checks on FPGA configuration interface busy
2333 status by the configuration function. This option
2334 will require a board or device specific function to
2335 be written.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002336
2337 CONFIG_FPGA_DELAY
2338
2339 If defined, a function that provides delays in the FPGA
2340 configuration driver.
2341
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002342 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_CTRLC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002343 Allow Control-C to interrupt FPGA configuration
2344
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002345 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_ERROR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002346
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002347 Check for configuration errors during FPGA bitfile
2348 loading. For example, abort during Virtex II
2349 configuration if the INIT_B line goes low (which
2350 indicated a CRC error).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002351
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002352 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_INIT
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002353
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002354 Maximum time to wait for the INIT_B line to deassert
2355 after PROB_B has been deasserted during a Virtex II
2356 FPGA configuration sequence. The default time is 500
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002357 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002358
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002359 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_BUSY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002360
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002361 Maximum time to wait for BUSY to deassert during
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002362 Virtex II FPGA configuration. The default is 5 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002363
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002364 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_CONFIG
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002365
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002366 Time to wait after FPGA configuration. The default is
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002367 200 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002368
2369- Configuration Management:
2370 CONFIG_IDENT_STRING
2371
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002372 If defined, this string will be added to the U-Boot
2373 version information (U_BOOT_VERSION)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002374
2375- Vendor Parameter Protection:
2376
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002377 U-Boot considers the values of the environment
2378 variables "serial#" (Board Serial Number) and
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00002379 "ethaddr" (Ethernet Address) to be parameters that
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002380 are set once by the board vendor / manufacturer, and
2381 protects these variables from casual modification by
2382 the user. Once set, these variables are read-only,
2383 and write or delete attempts are rejected. You can
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002384 change this behaviour:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002385
2386 If CONFIG_ENV_OVERWRITE is #defined in your config
2387 file, the write protection for vendor parameters is
wdenk47cd00f2003-03-06 13:39:27 +00002388 completely disabled. Anybody can change or delete
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002389 these parameters.
2390
2391 Alternatively, if you #define _both_ CONFIG_ETHADDR
2392 _and_ CONFIG_OVERWRITE_ETHADDR_ONCE, a default
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002393 Ethernet address is installed in the environment,
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002394 which can be changed exactly ONCE by the user. [The
2395 serial# is unaffected by this, i. e. it remains
2396 read-only.]
2397
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06002398 The same can be accomplished in a more flexible way
2399 for any variable by configuring the type of access
2400 to allow for those variables in the ".flags" variable
2401 or define CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC.
2402
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002403- Protected RAM:
2404 CONFIG_PRAM
2405
2406 Define this variable to enable the reservation of
2407 "protected RAM", i. e. RAM which is not overwritten
2408 by U-Boot. Define CONFIG_PRAM to hold the number of
2409 kB you want to reserve for pRAM. You can overwrite
2410 this default value by defining an environment
2411 variable "pram" to the number of kB you want to
2412 reserve. Note that the board info structure will
2413 still show the full amount of RAM. If pRAM is
2414 reserved, a new environment variable "mem" will
2415 automatically be defined to hold the amount of
2416 remaining RAM in a form that can be passed as boot
2417 argument to Linux, for instance like that:
2418
Wolfgang Denkfe126d82005-11-20 21:40:11 +01002419 setenv bootargs ... mem=\${mem}
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002420 saveenv
2421
2422 This way you can tell Linux not to use this memory,
2423 either, which results in a memory region that will
2424 not be affected by reboots.
2425
2426 *WARNING* If your board configuration uses automatic
2427 detection of the RAM size, you must make sure that
2428 this memory test is non-destructive. So far, the
2429 following board configurations are known to be
2430 "pRAM-clean":
2431
Wolfgang Denk1b0757e2012-10-24 02:36:15 +00002432 IVMS8, IVML24, SPD8xx, TQM8xxL,
2433 HERMES, IP860, RPXlite, LWMON,
Wolfgang Denk544d97e2010-10-05 22:54:53 +02002434 FLAGADM, TQM8260
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002435
Gabe Black40fef042012-12-02 04:55:18 +00002436- Access to physical memory region (> 4GB)
2437 Some basic support is provided for operations on memory not
2438 normally accessible to U-Boot - e.g. some architectures
2439 support access to more than 4GB of memory on 32-bit
2440 machines using physical address extension or similar.
2441 Define CONFIG_PHYSMEM to access this basic support, which
2442 currently only supports clearing the memory.
2443
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002444- Error Recovery:
2445 CONFIG_PANIC_HANG
2446
2447 Define this variable to stop the system in case of a
2448 fatal error, so that you have to reset it manually.
2449 This is probably NOT a good idea for an embedded
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002450 system where you want the system to reboot
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002451 automatically as fast as possible, but it may be
2452 useful during development since you can try to debug
2453 the conditions that lead to the situation.
2454
2455 CONFIG_NET_RETRY_COUNT
2456
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002457 This variable defines the number of retries for
2458 network operations like ARP, RARP, TFTP, or BOOTP
2459 before giving up the operation. If not defined, a
2460 default value of 5 is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002461
Guennadi Liakhovetski40cb90e2008-04-03 17:04:19 +02002462 CONFIG_ARP_TIMEOUT
2463
2464 Timeout waiting for an ARP reply in milliseconds.
2465
Tetsuyuki Kobayashi48a3e992012-07-03 22:25:21 +00002466 CONFIG_NFS_TIMEOUT
2467
2468 Timeout in milliseconds used in NFS protocol.
2469 If you encounter "ERROR: Cannot umount" in nfs command,
2470 try longer timeout such as
2471 #define CONFIG_NFS_TIMEOUT 10000UL
2472
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002473- Command Interpreter:
Wolfgang Denk8078f1a2006-10-28 02:28:02 +02002474 CONFIG_AUTO_COMPLETE
wdenk04a85b32004-04-15 18:22:41 +00002475
2476 Enable auto completion of commands using TAB.
2477
Wolfgang Denka9398e02006-11-27 15:32:42 +01002478 Note that this feature has NOT been implemented yet
2479 for the "hush" shell.
Wolfgang Denk8078f1a2006-10-28 02:28:02 +02002480
2481
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002482 CONFIG_SYS_HUSH_PARSER
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002483
2484 Define this variable to enable the "hush" shell (from
2485 Busybox) as command line interpreter, thus enabling
2486 powerful command line syntax like
2487 if...then...else...fi conditionals or `&&' and '||'
2488 constructs ("shell scripts").
2489
2490 If undefined, you get the old, much simpler behaviour
2491 with a somewhat smaller memory footprint.
2492
2493
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002494 CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT_HUSH_PS2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002495
2496 This defines the secondary prompt string, which is
2497 printed when the command interpreter needs more input
2498 to complete a command. Usually "> ".
2499
2500 Note:
2501
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002502 In the current implementation, the local variables
2503 space and global environment variables space are
2504 separated. Local variables are those you define by
2505 simply typing `name=value'. To access a local
2506 variable later on, you have write `$name' or
2507 `${name}'; to execute the contents of a variable
2508 directly type `$name' at the command prompt.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002509
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002510 Global environment variables are those you use
2511 setenv/printenv to work with. To run a command stored
2512 in such a variable, you need to use the run command,
2513 and you must not use the '$' sign to access them.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002514
2515 To store commands and special characters in a
2516 variable, please use double quotation marks
2517 surrounding the whole text of the variable, instead
2518 of the backslashes before semicolons and special
2519 symbols.
2520
Wolfgang Denkaa0c71a2006-07-21 11:35:21 +02002521- Commandline Editing and History:
2522 CONFIG_CMDLINE_EDITING
2523
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002524 Enable editing and History functions for interactive
Wolfgang Denkb9365a22006-07-21 11:56:05 +02002525 commandline input operations
Wolfgang Denkaa0c71a2006-07-21 11:35:21 +02002526
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002527- Default Environment:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002528 CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS
2529
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002530 Define this to contain any number of null terminated
2531 strings (variable = value pairs) that will be part of
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00002532 the default environment compiled into the boot image.
wdenk2262cfe2002-11-18 00:14:45 +00002533
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002534 For example, place something like this in your
2535 board's config file:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002536
2537 #define CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS \
2538 "myvar1=value1\0" \
2539 "myvar2=value2\0"
2540
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002541 Warning: This method is based on knowledge about the
2542 internal format how the environment is stored by the
2543 U-Boot code. This is NOT an official, exported
2544 interface! Although it is unlikely that this format
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00002545 will change soon, there is no guarantee either.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002546 You better know what you are doing here.
2547
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002548 Note: overly (ab)use of the default environment is
2549 discouraged. Make sure to check other ways to preset
Wolfgang Denk74de7ae2009-04-01 23:34:12 +02002550 the environment like the "source" command or the
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002551 boot command first.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002552
Stephen Warren5e724ca2012-05-22 09:21:54 +00002553 CONFIG_ENV_VARS_UBOOT_CONFIG
2554
2555 Define this in order to add variables describing the
2556 U-Boot build configuration to the default environment.
2557 These will be named arch, cpu, board, vendor, and soc.
2558
2559 Enabling this option will cause the following to be defined:
2560
2561 - CONFIG_SYS_ARCH
2562 - CONFIG_SYS_CPU
2563 - CONFIG_SYS_BOARD
2564 - CONFIG_SYS_VENDOR
2565 - CONFIG_SYS_SOC
2566
Tom Rini7e27f892012-10-24 07:28:16 +00002567 CONFIG_ENV_VARS_UBOOT_RUNTIME_CONFIG
2568
2569 Define this in order to add variables describing certain
2570 run-time determined information about the hardware to the
2571 environment. These will be named board_name, board_rev.
2572
Simon Glass06fd8532012-11-30 13:01:17 +00002573 CONFIG_DELAY_ENVIRONMENT
2574
2575 Normally the environment is loaded when the board is
2576 intialised so that it is available to U-Boot. This inhibits
2577 that so that the environment is not available until
2578 explicitly loaded later by U-Boot code. With CONFIG_OF_CONTROL
2579 this is instead controlled by the value of
2580 /config/load-environment.
2581
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002582- DataFlash Support:
wdenk2abbe072003-06-16 23:50:08 +00002583 CONFIG_HAS_DATAFLASH
2584
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002585 Defining this option enables DataFlash features and
2586 allows to read/write in Dataflash via the standard
2587 commands cp, md...
wdenk2abbe072003-06-16 23:50:08 +00002588
Eric Nelsonf61ec452012-01-31 10:52:08 -07002589- Serial Flash support
2590 CONFIG_CMD_SF
2591
2592 Defining this option enables SPI flash commands
2593 'sf probe/read/write/erase/update'.
2594
2595 Usage requires an initial 'probe' to define the serial
2596 flash parameters, followed by read/write/erase/update
2597 commands.
2598
2599 The following defaults may be provided by the platform
2600 to handle the common case when only a single serial
2601 flash is present on the system.
2602
2603 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_BUS Bus identifier
2604 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_CS Chip-select
2605 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_MODE (see include/spi.h)
2606 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_SPEED in Hz
2607
Simon Glass24007272012-10-08 13:16:02 +00002608 CONFIG_CMD_SF_TEST
2609
2610 Define this option to include a destructive SPI flash
2611 test ('sf test').
2612
Jagannadha Sutradharudu Teki1dcd6d02013-06-19 15:33:58 +05302613 CONFIG_SPI_FLASH_BAR Ban/Extended Addr Reg
2614
2615 Define this option to use the Bank addr/Extended addr
2616 support on SPI flashes which has size > 16Mbytes.
2617
wdenk3f85ce22004-02-23 16:11:30 +00002618- SystemACE Support:
2619 CONFIG_SYSTEMACE
2620
2621 Adding this option adds support for Xilinx SystemACE
2622 chips attached via some sort of local bus. The address
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002623 of the chip must also be defined in the
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002624 CONFIG_SYS_SYSTEMACE_BASE macro. For example:
wdenk3f85ce22004-02-23 16:11:30 +00002625
2626 #define CONFIG_SYSTEMACE
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002627 #define CONFIG_SYS_SYSTEMACE_BASE 0xf0000000
wdenk3f85ce22004-02-23 16:11:30 +00002628
2629 When SystemACE support is added, the "ace" device type
2630 becomes available to the fat commands, i.e. fatls.
2631
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002632- TFTP Fixed UDP Port:
2633 CONFIG_TFTP_PORT
2634
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02002635 If this is defined, the environment variable tftpsrcp
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002636 is used to supply the TFTP UDP source port value.
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02002637 If tftpsrcp isn't defined, the normal pseudo-random port
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002638 number generator is used.
2639
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02002640 Also, the environment variable tftpdstp is used to supply
2641 the TFTP UDP destination port value. If tftpdstp isn't
2642 defined, the normal port 69 is used.
2643
2644 The purpose for tftpsrcp is to allow a TFTP server to
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002645 blindly start the TFTP transfer using the pre-configured
2646 target IP address and UDP port. This has the effect of
2647 "punching through" the (Windows XP) firewall, allowing
2648 the remainder of the TFTP transfer to proceed normally.
2649 A better solution is to properly configure the firewall,
2650 but sometimes that is not allowed.
2651
Simon Glassbf36c5d2012-12-05 14:46:38 +00002652- Hashing support:
2653 CONFIG_CMD_HASH
2654
2655 This enables a generic 'hash' command which can produce
2656 hashes / digests from a few algorithms (e.g. SHA1, SHA256).
2657
2658 CONFIG_HASH_VERIFY
2659
2660 Enable the hash verify command (hash -v). This adds to code
2661 size a little.
2662
2663 CONFIG_SHA1 - support SHA1 hashing
2664 CONFIG_SHA256 - support SHA256 hashing
2665
2666 Note: There is also a sha1sum command, which should perhaps
2667 be deprecated in favour of 'hash sha1'.
2668
Simon Glass19c402a2013-06-13 15:10:02 -07002669- Signing support:
2670 CONFIG_RSA
2671
2672 This enables the RSA algorithm used for FIT image verification
2673 in U-Boot. See doc/uImage/signature for more information.
2674
2675 The signing part is build into mkimage regardless of this
2676 option.
2677
2678
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002679- Show boot progress:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002680 CONFIG_SHOW_BOOT_PROGRESS
2681
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002682 Defining this option allows to add some board-
2683 specific code (calling a user-provided function
2684 "show_boot_progress(int)") that enables you to show
2685 the system's boot progress on some display (for
2686 example, some LED's) on your board. At the moment,
2687 the following checkpoints are implemented:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002688
Simon Glass3a608ca2012-02-13 13:51:19 +00002689- Detailed boot stage timing
2690 CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE
2691 Define this option to get detailed timing of each stage
2692 of the boot process.
2693
2694 CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE_USER_COUNT
2695 This is the number of available user bootstage records.
2696 Each time you call bootstage_mark(BOOTSTAGE_ID_ALLOC, ...)
2697 a new ID will be allocated from this stash. If you exceed
2698 the limit, recording will stop.
2699
2700 CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE_REPORT
2701 Define this to print a report before boot, similar to this:
2702
2703 Timer summary in microseconds:
2704 Mark Elapsed Stage
2705 0 0 reset
2706 3,575,678 3,575,678 board_init_f start
2707 3,575,695 17 arch_cpu_init A9
2708 3,575,777 82 arch_cpu_init done
2709 3,659,598 83,821 board_init_r start
2710 3,910,375 250,777 main_loop
2711 29,916,167 26,005,792 bootm_start
2712 30,361,327 445,160 start_kernel
2713
Simon Glass2eba38c2012-09-28 08:56:39 +00002714 CONFIG_CMD_BOOTSTAGE
2715 Add a 'bootstage' command which supports printing a report
2716 and un/stashing of bootstage data.
2717
Simon Glass94fd1312012-09-28 08:56:37 +00002718 CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE_FDT
2719 Stash the bootstage information in the FDT. A root 'bootstage'
2720 node is created with each bootstage id as a child. Each child
2721 has a 'name' property and either 'mark' containing the
2722 mark time in microsecond, or 'accum' containing the
2723 accumulated time for that bootstage id in microseconds.
2724 For example:
2725
2726 bootstage {
2727 154 {
2728 name = "board_init_f";
2729 mark = <3575678>;
2730 };
2731 170 {
2732 name = "lcd";
2733 accum = <33482>;
2734 };
2735 };
2736
2737 Code in the Linux kernel can find this in /proc/devicetree.
2738
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002739Legacy uImage format:
2740
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002741 Arg Where When
2742 1 common/cmd_bootm.c before attempting to boot an image
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002743 -1 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has bad magic number
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002744 2 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has correct magic number
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002745 -2 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has bad checksum
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002746 3 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has correct checksum
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002747 -3 common/cmd_bootm.c Image data has bad checksum
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002748 4 common/cmd_bootm.c Image data has correct checksum
2749 -4 common/cmd_bootm.c Image is for unsupported architecture
2750 5 common/cmd_bootm.c Architecture check OK
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002751 -5 common/cmd_bootm.c Wrong Image Type (not kernel, multi)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002752 6 common/cmd_bootm.c Image Type check OK
2753 -6 common/cmd_bootm.c gunzip uncompression error
2754 -7 common/cmd_bootm.c Unimplemented compression type
2755 7 common/cmd_bootm.c Uncompression OK
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002756 8 common/cmd_bootm.c No uncompress/copy overwrite error
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002757 -9 common/cmd_bootm.c Unsupported OS (not Linux, BSD, VxWorks, QNX)
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002758
2759 9 common/image.c Start initial ramdisk verification
2760 -10 common/image.c Ramdisk header has bad magic number
2761 -11 common/image.c Ramdisk header has bad checksum
2762 10 common/image.c Ramdisk header is OK
2763 -12 common/image.c Ramdisk data has bad checksum
2764 11 common/image.c Ramdisk data has correct checksum
2765 12 common/image.c Ramdisk verification complete, start loading
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002766 -13 common/image.c Wrong Image Type (not PPC Linux ramdisk)
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002767 13 common/image.c Start multifile image verification
2768 14 common/image.c No initial ramdisk, no multifile, continue.
2769
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002770 15 arch/<arch>/lib/bootm.c All preparation done, transferring control to OS
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002771
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02002772 -30 arch/powerpc/lib/board.c Fatal error, hang the system
wdenk11dadd52004-02-27 00:07:27 +00002773 -31 post/post.c POST test failed, detected by post_output_backlog()
2774 -32 post/post.c POST test failed, detected by post_run_single()
wdenk63e73c92004-02-23 22:22:28 +00002775
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002776 34 common/cmd_doc.c before loading a Image from a DOC device
2777 -35 common/cmd_doc.c Bad usage of "doc" command
2778 35 common/cmd_doc.c correct usage of "doc" command
2779 -36 common/cmd_doc.c No boot device
2780 36 common/cmd_doc.c correct boot device
2781 -37 common/cmd_doc.c Unknown Chip ID on boot device
2782 37 common/cmd_doc.c correct chip ID found, device available
2783 -38 common/cmd_doc.c Read Error on boot device
2784 38 common/cmd_doc.c reading Image header from DOC device OK
2785 -39 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has bad magic number
2786 39 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has correct magic number
2787 -40 common/cmd_doc.c Error reading Image from DOC device
2788 40 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has correct magic number
2789 41 common/cmd_ide.c before loading a Image from a IDE device
2790 -42 common/cmd_ide.c Bad usage of "ide" command
2791 42 common/cmd_ide.c correct usage of "ide" command
2792 -43 common/cmd_ide.c No boot device
2793 43 common/cmd_ide.c boot device found
2794 -44 common/cmd_ide.c Device not available
2795 44 common/cmd_ide.c Device available
2796 -45 common/cmd_ide.c wrong partition selected
2797 45 common/cmd_ide.c partition selected
2798 -46 common/cmd_ide.c Unknown partition table
2799 46 common/cmd_ide.c valid partition table found
2800 -47 common/cmd_ide.c Invalid partition type
2801 47 common/cmd_ide.c correct partition type
2802 -48 common/cmd_ide.c Error reading Image Header on boot device
2803 48 common/cmd_ide.c reading Image Header from IDE device OK
2804 -49 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has bad magic number
2805 49 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has correct magic number
2806 -50 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has bad checksum
2807 50 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has correct checksum
2808 -51 common/cmd_ide.c Error reading Image from IDE device
2809 51 common/cmd_ide.c reading Image from IDE device OK
2810 52 common/cmd_nand.c before loading a Image from a NAND device
2811 -53 common/cmd_nand.c Bad usage of "nand" command
2812 53 common/cmd_nand.c correct usage of "nand" command
2813 -54 common/cmd_nand.c No boot device
2814 54 common/cmd_nand.c boot device found
2815 -55 common/cmd_nand.c Unknown Chip ID on boot device
2816 55 common/cmd_nand.c correct chip ID found, device available
2817 -56 common/cmd_nand.c Error reading Image Header on boot device
2818 56 common/cmd_nand.c reading Image Header from NAND device OK
2819 -57 common/cmd_nand.c Image header has bad magic number
2820 57 common/cmd_nand.c Image header has correct magic number
2821 -58 common/cmd_nand.c Error reading Image from NAND device
2822 58 common/cmd_nand.c reading Image from NAND device OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002823
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002824 -60 common/env_common.c Environment has a bad CRC, using default
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002825
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002826 64 net/eth.c starting with Ethernet configuration.
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002827 -64 net/eth.c no Ethernet found.
2828 65 net/eth.c Ethernet found.
wdenk206c60c2003-09-18 10:02:25 +00002829
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002830 -80 common/cmd_net.c usage wrong
2831 80 common/cmd_net.c before calling NetLoop()
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002832 -81 common/cmd_net.c some error in NetLoop() occurred
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002833 81 common/cmd_net.c NetLoop() back without error
2834 -82 common/cmd_net.c size == 0 (File with size 0 loaded)
2835 82 common/cmd_net.c trying automatic boot
Wolfgang Denk74de7ae2009-04-01 23:34:12 +02002836 83 common/cmd_net.c running "source" command
2837 -83 common/cmd_net.c some error in automatic boot or "source" command
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002838 84 common/cmd_net.c end without errors
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002839
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002840FIT uImage format:
2841
2842 Arg Where When
2843 100 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel FIT Image has correct format
2844 -100 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel FIT Image has incorrect format
2845 101 common/cmd_bootm.c No Kernel subimage unit name, using configuration
2846 -101 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get configuration for kernel subimage
2847 102 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel unit name specified
2848 -103 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage node offset
Marian Balakowiczf773bea2008-03-12 10:35:46 +01002849 103 common/cmd_bootm.c Found configuration node
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002850 104 common/cmd_bootm.c Got kernel subimage node offset
2851 -104 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage hash verification failed
2852 105 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage hash verification OK
2853 -105 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage is for unsupported architecture
2854 106 common/cmd_bootm.c Architecture check OK
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002855 -106 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage has wrong type
2856 107 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage type OK
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002857 -107 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage data/size
2858 108 common/cmd_bootm.c Got kernel subimage data/size
2859 -108 common/cmd_bootm.c Wrong image type (not legacy, FIT)
2860 -109 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage type
2861 -110 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage comp
2862 -111 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage os
2863 -112 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage load address
2864 -113 common/cmd_bootm.c Image uncompress/copy overwrite error
2865
2866 120 common/image.c Start initial ramdisk verification
2867 -120 common/image.c Ramdisk FIT image has incorrect format
2868 121 common/image.c Ramdisk FIT image has correct format
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002869 122 common/image.c No ramdisk subimage unit name, using configuration
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002870 -122 common/image.c Can't get configuration for ramdisk subimage
2871 123 common/image.c Ramdisk unit name specified
2872 -124 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk subimage node offset
2873 125 common/image.c Got ramdisk subimage node offset
2874 -125 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage hash verification failed
2875 126 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage hash verification OK
2876 -126 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage for unsupported architecture
2877 127 common/image.c Architecture check OK
2878 -127 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk subimage data/size
2879 128 common/image.c Got ramdisk subimage data/size
2880 129 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk load address
2881 -129 common/image.c Got ramdisk load address
2882
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002883 -130 common/cmd_doc.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002884 131 common/cmd_doc.c FIT image format OK
2885
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002886 -140 common/cmd_ide.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002887 141 common/cmd_ide.c FIT image format OK
2888
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002889 -150 common/cmd_nand.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002890 151 common/cmd_nand.c FIT image format OK
2891
Gabe Blackd95f6ec2012-10-25 16:31:10 +00002892- FIT image support:
2893 CONFIG_FIT
2894 Enable support for the FIT uImage format.
2895
2896 CONFIG_FIT_BEST_MATCH
2897 When no configuration is explicitly selected, default to the
2898 one whose fdt's compatibility field best matches that of
2899 U-Boot itself. A match is considered "best" if it matches the
2900 most specific compatibility entry of U-Boot's fdt's root node.
2901 The order of entries in the configuration's fdt is ignored.
2902
Simon Glass3e569a62013-06-13 15:10:00 -07002903 CONFIG_FIT_SIGNATURE
2904 This option enables signature verification of FIT uImages,
2905 using a hash signed and verified using RSA. See
2906 doc/uImage.FIT/signature.txt for more details.
2907
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02002908- Standalone program support:
2909 CONFIG_STANDALONE_LOAD_ADDR
2910
Wolfgang Denk6feff892011-10-09 21:06:34 +02002911 This option defines a board specific value for the
2912 address where standalone program gets loaded, thus
2913 overwriting the architecture dependent default
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02002914 settings.
2915
2916- Frame Buffer Address:
2917 CONFIG_FB_ADDR
2918
2919 Define CONFIG_FB_ADDR if you want to use specific
Wolfgang Denk44a53b52013-01-03 00:43:59 +00002920 address for frame buffer. This is typically the case
2921 when using a graphics controller has separate video
2922 memory. U-Boot will then place the frame buffer at
2923 the given address instead of dynamically reserving it
2924 in system RAM by calling lcd_setmem(), which grabs
2925 the memory for the frame buffer depending on the
2926 configured panel size.
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02002927
2928 Please see board_init_f function.
2929
Detlev Zundelcccfc2a2009-12-01 17:16:19 +01002930- Automatic software updates via TFTP server
2931 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP
2932 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP_CNT_MAX
2933 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP_MSEC_MAX
2934
2935 These options enable and control the auto-update feature;
2936 for a more detailed description refer to doc/README.update.
2937
2938- MTD Support (mtdparts command, UBI support)
2939 CONFIG_MTD_DEVICE
2940
2941 Adds the MTD device infrastructure from the Linux kernel.
2942 Needed for mtdparts command support.
2943
2944 CONFIG_MTD_PARTITIONS
2945
2946 Adds the MTD partitioning infrastructure from the Linux
2947 kernel. Needed for UBI support.
2948
Joe Hershberger70c219c2013-04-08 10:32:48 +00002949- UBI support
2950 CONFIG_CMD_UBI
2951
2952 Adds commands for interacting with MTD partitions formatted
2953 with the UBI flash translation layer
2954
2955 Requires also defining CONFIG_RBTREE
2956
Joe Hershberger147162d2013-04-08 10:32:49 +00002957 CONFIG_UBI_SILENCE_MSG
2958
2959 Make the verbose messages from UBI stop printing. This leaves
2960 warnings and errors enabled.
2961
Joe Hershberger70c219c2013-04-08 10:32:48 +00002962- UBIFS support
2963 CONFIG_CMD_UBIFS
2964
2965 Adds commands for interacting with UBI volumes formatted as
2966 UBIFS. UBIFS is read-only in u-boot.
2967
2968 Requires UBI support as well as CONFIG_LZO
2969
Joe Hershberger147162d2013-04-08 10:32:49 +00002970 CONFIG_UBIFS_SILENCE_MSG
2971
2972 Make the verbose messages from UBIFS stop printing. This leaves
2973 warnings and errors enabled.
2974
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002975- SPL framework
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002976 CONFIG_SPL
2977 Enable building of SPL globally.
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002978
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002979 CONFIG_SPL_LDSCRIPT
2980 LDSCRIPT for linking the SPL binary.
2981
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00002982 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT
2983 Maximum size in memory allocated to the SPL, BSS included.
2984 When defined, the linker checks that the actual memory
2985 used by SPL from _start to __bss_end does not exceed it.
Albert ARIBAUD8960af82013-04-14 04:48:38 +00002986 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT and CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00002987 must not be both defined at the same time.
2988
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002989 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00002990 Maximum size of the SPL image (text, data, rodata, and
2991 linker lists sections), BSS excluded.
2992 When defined, the linker checks that the actual size does
2993 not exceed it.
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002994
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002995 CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE
2996 TEXT_BASE for linking the SPL binary.
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002997
Scott Wood94a45bb2012-09-20 19:05:12 -05002998 CONFIG_SPL_RELOC_TEXT_BASE
2999 Address to relocate to. If unspecified, this is equal to
3000 CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE (i.e. no relocation is done).
3001
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003002 CONFIG_SPL_BSS_START_ADDR
3003 Link address for the BSS within the SPL binary.
3004
3005 CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00003006 Maximum size in memory allocated to the SPL BSS.
3007 When defined, the linker checks that the actual memory used
3008 by SPL from __bss_start to __bss_end does not exceed it.
Albert ARIBAUD8960af82013-04-14 04:48:38 +00003009 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT and CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00003010 must not be both defined at the same time.
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003011
3012 CONFIG_SPL_STACK
3013 Adress of the start of the stack SPL will use
3014
Scott Wood94a45bb2012-09-20 19:05:12 -05003015 CONFIG_SPL_RELOC_STACK
3016 Adress of the start of the stack SPL will use after
3017 relocation. If unspecified, this is equal to
3018 CONFIG_SPL_STACK.
3019
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003020 CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_START
3021 Starting address of the malloc pool used in SPL.
3022
3023 CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_SIZE
3024 The size of the malloc pool used in SPL.
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003025
Tom Rini47f7bca2012-08-13 12:03:19 -07003026 CONFIG_SPL_FRAMEWORK
3027 Enable the SPL framework under common/. This framework
3028 supports MMC, NAND and YMODEM loading of U-Boot and NAND
3029 NAND loading of the Linux Kernel.
3030
Tom Rini861a86f2012-08-13 11:37:56 -07003031 CONFIG_SPL_DISPLAY_PRINT
3032 For ARM, enable an optional function to print more information
3033 about the running system.
3034
Scott Wood4b919722012-09-20 16:35:21 -05003035 CONFIG_SPL_INIT_MINIMAL
3036 Arch init code should be built for a very small image
3037
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003038 CONFIG_SPL_LIBCOMMON_SUPPORT
3039 Support for common/libcommon.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003040
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003041 CONFIG_SPL_LIBDISK_SUPPORT
3042 Support for disk/libdisk.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003043
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003044 CONFIG_SPL_I2C_SUPPORT
3045 Support for drivers/i2c/libi2c.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003046
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003047 CONFIG_SPL_GPIO_SUPPORT
3048 Support for drivers/gpio/libgpio.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003049
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003050 CONFIG_SPL_MMC_SUPPORT
3051 Support for drivers/mmc/libmmc.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003052
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003053 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_U_BOOT_SECTOR,
3054 CONFIG_SYS_U_BOOT_MAX_SIZE_SECTORS,
3055 CONFIG_SYS_MMC_SD_FAT_BOOT_PARTITION
3056 Address, size and partition on the MMC to load U-Boot from
3057 when the MMC is being used in raw mode.
3058
Peter Korsgaard2b75b0a2013-05-13 08:36:29 +00003059 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_KERNEL_SECTOR
3060 Sector to load kernel uImage from when MMC is being
3061 used in raw mode (for Falcon mode)
3062
3063 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_ARGS_SECTOR,
3064 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_ARGS_SECTORS
3065 Sector and number of sectors to load kernel argument
3066 parameters from when MMC is being used in raw mode
3067 (for falcon mode)
3068
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003069 CONFIG_SPL_FAT_SUPPORT
3070 Support for fs/fat/libfat.o in SPL binary
3071
3072 CONFIG_SPL_FAT_LOAD_PAYLOAD_NAME
3073 Filename to read to load U-Boot when reading from FAT
3074
Peter Korsgaard7ad2cc72013-05-13 08:36:27 +00003075 CONFIG_SPL_FAT_LOAD_KERNEL_NAME
3076 Filename to read to load kernel uImage when reading
3077 from FAT (for Falcon mode)
3078
3079 CONFIG_SPL_FAT_LOAD_ARGS_NAME
3080 Filename to read to load kernel argument parameters
3081 when reading from FAT (for Falcon mode)
3082
Scott Wood06f60ae2012-12-06 13:33:17 +00003083 CONFIG_SPL_MPC83XX_WAIT_FOR_NAND
3084 Set this for NAND SPL on PPC mpc83xx targets, so that
3085 start.S waits for the rest of the SPL to load before
3086 continuing (the hardware starts execution after just
3087 loading the first page rather than the full 4K).
3088
Scott Wood6f2f01b2012-09-20 19:09:07 -05003089 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_BASE
3090 Include nand_base.c in the SPL. Requires
3091 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_DRIVERS.
3092
3093 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_DRIVERS
3094 SPL uses normal NAND drivers, not minimal drivers.
3095
3096 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_ECC
3097 Include standard software ECC in the SPL
3098
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003099 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_SIMPLE
Scott Wood7d4b7952012-09-21 18:35:27 -05003100 Support for NAND boot using simple NAND drivers that
3101 expose the cmd_ctrl() interface.
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003102
3103 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_5_ADDR_CYCLE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_PAGE_COUNT,
3104 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_PAGE_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_OOBSIZE,
3105 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BLOCK_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BAD_BLOCK_POS,
3106 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCPOS, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCSIZE,
3107 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCBYTES
3108 Defines the size and behavior of the NAND that SPL uses
Scott Wood7d4b7952012-09-21 18:35:27 -05003109 to read U-Boot
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003110
3111 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_OFFS
Scott Wood7d4b7952012-09-21 18:35:27 -05003112 Location in NAND to read U-Boot from
3113
3114 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_DST
3115 Location in memory to load U-Boot to
3116
3117 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_SIZE
3118 Size of image to load
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003119
3120 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_START
Scott Wood7d4b7952012-09-21 18:35:27 -05003121 Entry point in loaded image to jump to
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003122
3123 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_HW_ECC_OOBFIRST
3124 Define this if you need to first read the OOB and then the
3125 data. This is used for example on davinci plattforms.
3126
3127 CONFIG_SPL_OMAP3_ID_NAND
3128 Support for an OMAP3-specific set of functions to return the
3129 ID and MFR of the first attached NAND chip, if present.
3130
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003131 CONFIG_SPL_SERIAL_SUPPORT
3132 Support for drivers/serial/libserial.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003133
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003134 CONFIG_SPL_SPI_FLASH_SUPPORT
3135 Support for drivers/mtd/spi/libspi_flash.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003136
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003137 CONFIG_SPL_SPI_SUPPORT
3138 Support for drivers/spi/libspi.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003139
Pavel Machekc57b9532012-08-30 22:42:11 +02003140 CONFIG_SPL_RAM_DEVICE
3141 Support for running image already present in ram, in SPL binary
3142
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003143 CONFIG_SPL_LIBGENERIC_SUPPORT
3144 Support for lib/libgeneric.o in SPL binary
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003145
Ying Zhangba1bee42013-05-20 14:07:25 +08003146 CONFIG_SPL_ENV_SUPPORT
3147 Support for the environment operating in SPL binary
3148
3149 CONFIG_SPL_NET_SUPPORT
3150 Support for the net/libnet.o in SPL binary.
3151 It conflicts with SPL env from storage medium specified by
3152 CONFIG_ENV_IS_xxx but CONFIG_ENV_IS_NOWHERE
3153
Scott Wood74752ba2012-12-06 13:33:16 +00003154 CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO
Benoît Thébaudeau6113d3f2013-04-11 09:35:49 +00003155 Image offset to which the SPL should be padded before appending
3156 the SPL payload. By default, this is defined as
3157 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE, or 0 if CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE is undefined.
3158 CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO must be either 0, meaning to append the SPL
3159 payload without any padding, or >= CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE.
Scott Wood74752ba2012-12-06 13:33:16 +00003160
Scott Woodca2fca22012-09-21 16:27:32 -05003161 CONFIG_SPL_TARGET
3162 Final target image containing SPL and payload. Some SPLs
3163 use an arch-specific makefile fragment instead, for
3164 example if more than one image needs to be produced.
3165
Simon Glass87ebee32013-05-08 08:05:59 +00003166 CONFIG_FIT_SPL_PRINT
3167 Printing information about a FIT image adds quite a bit of
3168 code to SPL. So this is normally disabled in SPL. Use this
3169 option to re-enable it. This will affect the output of the
3170 bootm command when booting a FIT image.
3171
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003172Modem Support:
3173--------------
3174
Wolfgang Denk566e5cf2011-05-01 20:44:23 +02003175[so far only for SMDK2400 boards]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003176
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003177- Modem support enable:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003178 CONFIG_MODEM_SUPPORT
3179
3180- RTS/CTS Flow control enable:
3181 CONFIG_HWFLOW
3182
3183- Modem debug support:
3184 CONFIG_MODEM_SUPPORT_DEBUG
3185
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003186 Enables debugging stuff (char screen[1024], dbg())
3187 for modem support. Useful only with BDI2000.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003188
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00003189- Interrupt support (PPC):
3190
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003191 There are common interrupt_init() and timer_interrupt()
3192 for all PPC archs. interrupt_init() calls interrupt_init_cpu()
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003193 for CPU specific initialization. interrupt_init_cpu()
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003194 should set decrementer_count to appropriate value. If
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003195 CPU resets decrementer automatically after interrupt
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003196 (ppc4xx) it should set decrementer_count to zero.
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003197 timer_interrupt() calls timer_interrupt_cpu() for CPU
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003198 specific handling. If board has watchdog / status_led
3199 / other_activity_monitor it works automatically from
3200 general timer_interrupt().
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00003201
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003202- General:
3203
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003204 In the target system modem support is enabled when a
3205 specific key (key combination) is pressed during
3206 power-on. Otherwise U-Boot will boot normally
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003207 (autoboot). The key_pressed() function is called from
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003208 board_init(). Currently key_pressed() is a dummy
3209 function, returning 1 and thus enabling modem
3210 initialization.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003211
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003212 If there are no modem init strings in the
3213 environment, U-Boot proceed to autoboot; the
3214 previous output (banner, info printfs) will be
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003215 suppressed, though.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003216
3217 See also: doc/README.Modem
3218
Helmut Raiger9660e442011-10-20 04:19:47 +00003219Board initialization settings:
3220------------------------------
3221
3222During Initialization u-boot calls a number of board specific functions
3223to allow the preparation of board specific prerequisites, e.g. pin setup
3224before drivers are initialized. To enable these callbacks the
3225following configuration macros have to be defined. Currently this is
3226architecture specific, so please check arch/your_architecture/lib/board.c
3227typically in board_init_f() and board_init_r().
3228
3229- CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_F: Call board_early_init_f()
3230- CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_R: Call board_early_init_r()
3231- CONFIG_BOARD_LATE_INIT: Call board_late_init()
3232- CONFIG_BOARD_POSTCLK_INIT: Call board_postclk_init()
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003233
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003234Configuration Settings:
3235-----------------------
3236
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003237- CONFIG_SYS_LONGHELP: Defined when you want long help messages included;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003238 undefine this when you're short of memory.
3239
Peter Tyser2fb26042009-01-27 18:03:12 -06003240- CONFIG_SYS_HELP_CMD_WIDTH: Defined when you want to override the default
3241 width of the commands listed in the 'help' command output.
3242
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003243- CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT: This is what U-Boot prints on the console to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003244 prompt for user input.
3245
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003246- CONFIG_SYS_CBSIZE: Buffer size for input from the Console
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003247
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003248- CONFIG_SYS_PBSIZE: Buffer size for Console output
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003249
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003250- CONFIG_SYS_MAXARGS: max. Number of arguments accepted for monitor commands
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003251
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003252- CONFIG_SYS_BARGSIZE: Buffer size for Boot Arguments which are passed to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003253 the application (usually a Linux kernel) when it is
3254 booted
3255
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003256- CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003257 List of legal baudrate settings for this board.
3258
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003259- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_INFO_QUIET
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003260 Suppress display of console information at boot.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003261
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003262- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_IS_IN_ENV
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003263 If the board specific function
3264 extern int overwrite_console (void);
3265 returns 1, the stdin, stderr and stdout are switched to the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003266 serial port, else the settings in the environment are used.
3267
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003268- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_OVERWRITE_ROUTINE
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003269 Enable the call to overwrite_console().
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003270
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003271- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_ENV_OVERWRITE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003272 Enable overwrite of previous console environment settings.
3273
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003274- CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_START, CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_END:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003275 Begin and End addresses of the area used by the
3276 simple memory test.
3277
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003278- CONFIG_SYS_ALT_MEMTEST:
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003279 Enable an alternate, more extensive memory test.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003280
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003281- CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_SCRATCH:
wdenk5f535fe2003-09-18 09:21:33 +00003282 Scratch address used by the alternate memory test
3283 You only need to set this if address zero isn't writeable
3284
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003285- CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE (PPC only):
3286 If CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE is defined in the board config header,
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01003287 this specified memory area will get subtracted from the top
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003288 (end) of RAM and won't get "touched" at all by U-Boot. By
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01003289 fixing up gd->ram_size the Linux kernel should gets passed
3290 the now "corrected" memory size and won't touch it either.
3291 This should work for arch/ppc and arch/powerpc. Only Linux
Stefan Roese5e12e752008-03-28 11:02:53 +01003292 board ports in arch/powerpc with bootwrapper support that
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01003293 recalculate the memory size from the SDRAM controller setup
Stefan Roese5e12e752008-03-28 11:02:53 +01003294 will have to get fixed in Linux additionally.
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01003295
3296 This option can be used as a workaround for the 440EPx/GRx
3297 CHIP 11 errata where the last 256 bytes in SDRAM shouldn't
3298 be touched.
3299
3300 WARNING: Please make sure that this value is a multiple of
3301 the Linux page size (normally 4k). If this is not the case,
3302 then the end address of the Linux memory will be located at a
3303 non page size aligned address and this could cause major
3304 problems.
3305
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003306- CONFIG_SYS_LOADS_BAUD_CHANGE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003307 Enable temporary baudrate change while serial download
3308
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003309- CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003310 Physical start address of SDRAM. _Must_ be 0 here.
3311
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003312- CONFIG_SYS_MBIO_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003313 Physical start address of Motherboard I/O (if using a
3314 Cogent motherboard)
3315
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003316- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003317 Physical start address of Flash memory.
3318
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003319- CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003320 Physical start address of boot monitor code (set by
3321 make config files to be same as the text base address
Wolfgang Denk14d0a022010-10-07 21:51:12 +02003322 (CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE) used when linking) - same as
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003323 CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE when booting from flash.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003324
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003325- CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_LEN:
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003326 Size of memory reserved for monitor code, used to
3327 determine _at_compile_time_ (!) if the environment is
3328 embedded within the U-Boot image, or in a separate
3329 flash sector.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003330
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003331- CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003332 Size of DRAM reserved for malloc() use.
3333
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003334- CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN:
Stefan Roese15940c92006-03-13 11:16:36 +01003335 Normally compressed uImages are limited to an
3336 uncompressed size of 8 MBytes. If this is not enough,
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003337 you can define CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN in your board config file
Stefan Roese15940c92006-03-13 11:16:36 +01003338 to adjust this setting to your needs.
3339
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003340- CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003341 Maximum size of memory mapped by the startup code of
3342 the Linux kernel; all data that must be processed by
Bartlomiej Sieka7d721e32008-04-14 15:44:16 +02003343 the Linux kernel (bd_info, boot arguments, FDT blob if
3344 used) must be put below this limit, unless "bootm_low"
3345 enviroment variable is defined and non-zero. In such case
3346 all data for the Linux kernel must be between "bootm_low"
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00003347 and "bootm_low" + CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ. The environment
Grant Likelyc3624e62011-03-28 09:58:43 +00003348 variable "bootm_mapsize" will override the value of
3349 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ. If CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ is undefined,
3350 then the value in "bootm_size" will be used instead.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003351
John Rigbyfca43cc2010-10-13 13:57:35 -06003352- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_RAMDISK_HIGH:
3353 Enable initrd_high functionality. If defined then the
3354 initrd_high feature is enabled and the bootm ramdisk subcommand
3355 is enabled.
3356
3357- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_GET_CMDLINE:
3358 Enables allocating and saving kernel cmdline in space between
3359 "bootm_low" and "bootm_low" + BOOTMAPSZ.
3360
3361- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_GET_KBD:
3362 Enables allocating and saving a kernel copy of the bd_info in
3363 space between "bootm_low" and "bootm_low" + BOOTMAPSZ.
3364
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003365- CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_BANKS:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003366 Max number of Flash memory banks
3367
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003368- CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_SECT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003369 Max number of sectors on a Flash chip
3370
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003371- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_ERASE_TOUT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003372 Timeout for Flash erase operations (in ms)
3373
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003374- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_WRITE_TOUT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003375 Timeout for Flash write operations (in ms)
3376
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003377- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_LOCK_TOUT
wdenk8564acf2003-07-14 22:13:32 +00003378 Timeout for Flash set sector lock bit operation (in ms)
3379
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003380- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_UNLOCK_TOUT
wdenk8564acf2003-07-14 22:13:32 +00003381 Timeout for Flash clear lock bits operation (in ms)
3382
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003383- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_PROTECTION
wdenk8564acf2003-07-14 22:13:32 +00003384 If defined, hardware flash sectors protection is used
3385 instead of U-Boot software protection.
3386
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003387- CONFIG_SYS_DIRECT_FLASH_TFTP:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003388
3389 Enable TFTP transfers directly to flash memory;
3390 without this option such a download has to be
3391 performed in two steps: (1) download to RAM, and (2)
3392 copy from RAM to flash.
3393
3394 The two-step approach is usually more reliable, since
3395 you can check if the download worked before you erase
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003396 the flash, but in some situations (when system RAM is
3397 too limited to allow for a temporary copy of the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003398 downloaded image) this option may be very useful.
3399
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003400- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_CFI:
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003401 Define if the flash driver uses extra elements in the
wdenk5653fc32004-02-08 22:55:38 +00003402 common flash structure for storing flash geometry.
3403
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD00b18832008-08-13 01:40:42 +02003404- CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_DRIVER
wdenk5653fc32004-02-08 22:55:38 +00003405 This option also enables the building of the cfi_flash driver
3406 in the drivers directory
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003407
Piotr Ziecik91809ed2008-11-17 15:57:58 +01003408- CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_MTD
3409 This option enables the building of the cfi_mtd driver
3410 in the drivers directory. The driver exports CFI flash
3411 to the MTD layer.
3412
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003413- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_USE_BUFFER_WRITE
Guennadi Liakhovetski96ef8312008-04-03 13:36:02 +02003414 Use buffered writes to flash.
3415
3416- CONFIG_FLASH_SPANSION_S29WS_N
3417 s29ws-n MirrorBit flash has non-standard addresses for buffered
3418 write commands.
3419
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003420- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_QUIET_TEST
Stefan Roese5568e612005-11-22 13:20:42 +01003421 If this option is defined, the common CFI flash doesn't
3422 print it's warning upon not recognized FLASH banks. This
3423 is useful, if some of the configured banks are only
3424 optionally available.
3425
Jerry Van Baren9a042e92008-03-08 13:48:01 -05003426- CONFIG_FLASH_SHOW_PROGRESS
3427 If defined (must be an integer), print out countdown
3428 digits and dots. Recommended value: 45 (9..1) for 80
3429 column displays, 15 (3..1) for 40 column displays.
3430
Stefan Roese352ef3f2013-04-04 15:53:14 +02003431- CONFIG_FLASH_VERIFY
3432 If defined, the content of the flash (destination) is compared
3433 against the source after the write operation. An error message
3434 will be printed when the contents are not identical.
3435 Please note that this option is useless in nearly all cases,
3436 since such flash programming errors usually are detected earlier
3437 while unprotecting/erasing/programming. Please only enable
3438 this option if you really know what you are doing.
3439
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003440- CONFIG_SYS_RX_ETH_BUFFER:
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003441 Defines the number of Ethernet receive buffers. On some
3442 Ethernet controllers it is recommended to set this value
stroese53cf9432003-06-05 15:39:44 +00003443 to 8 or even higher (EEPRO100 or 405 EMAC), since all
3444 buffers can be full shortly after enabling the interface
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003445 on high Ethernet traffic.
stroese53cf9432003-06-05 15:39:44 +00003446 Defaults to 4 if not defined.
3447
Wolfgang Denkea882ba2010-06-20 23:33:59 +02003448- CONFIG_ENV_MAX_ENTRIES
3449
Wolfgang Denk071bc922010-10-27 22:48:30 +02003450 Maximum number of entries in the hash table that is used
3451 internally to store the environment settings. The default
3452 setting is supposed to be generous and should work in most
3453 cases. This setting can be used to tune behaviour; see
3454 lib/hashtable.c for details.
Wolfgang Denkea882ba2010-06-20 23:33:59 +02003455
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06003456- CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_DEFAULT
3457- CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC
3458 Enable validation of the values given to enviroment variables when
3459 calling env set. Variables can be restricted to only decimal,
3460 hexadecimal, or boolean. If CONFIG_CMD_NET is also defined,
3461 the variables can also be restricted to IP address or MAC address.
3462
3463 The format of the list is:
3464 type_attribute = [s|d|x|b|i|m]
Joe Hershberger267541f2012-12-11 22:16:34 -06003465 access_atribute = [a|r|o|c]
3466 attributes = type_attribute[access_atribute]
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06003467 entry = variable_name[:attributes]
3468 list = entry[,list]
3469
3470 The type attributes are:
3471 s - String (default)
3472 d - Decimal
3473 x - Hexadecimal
3474 b - Boolean ([1yYtT|0nNfF])
3475 i - IP address
3476 m - MAC address
3477
Joe Hershberger267541f2012-12-11 22:16:34 -06003478 The access attributes are:
3479 a - Any (default)
3480 r - Read-only
3481 o - Write-once
3482 c - Change-default
3483
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06003484 - CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_DEFAULT
3485 Define this to a list (string) to define the ".flags"
3486 envirnoment variable in the default or embedded environment.
3487
3488 - CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC
3489 Define this to a list (string) to define validation that
3490 should be done if an entry is not found in the ".flags"
3491 environment variable. To override a setting in the static
3492 list, simply add an entry for the same variable name to the
3493 ".flags" variable.
3494
Joe Hershberger267541f2012-12-11 22:16:34 -06003495- CONFIG_ENV_ACCESS_IGNORE_FORCE
3496 If defined, don't allow the -f switch to env set override variable
3497 access flags.
3498
Simon Glass5c1a7ea2013-03-08 13:45:27 +00003499- CONFIG_SYS_GENERIC_BOARD
3500 This selects the architecture-generic board system instead of the
3501 architecture-specific board files. It is intended to move boards
3502 to this new framework over time. Defining this will disable the
3503 arch/foo/lib/board.c file and use common/board_f.c and
3504 common/board_r.c instead. To use this option your architecture
3505 must support it (i.e. must define __HAVE_ARCH_GENERIC_BOARD in
3506 its config.mk file). If you find problems enabling this option on
3507 your board please report the problem and send patches!
3508
Simon Glass632efa72013-03-11 07:06:48 +00003509- CONFIG_SYS_SYM_OFFSETS
3510 This is set by architectures that use offsets for link symbols
3511 instead of absolute values. So bss_start is obtained using an
3512 offset _bss_start_ofs from CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE, rather than
3513 directly. You should not need to touch this setting.
3514
Lokesh Vutla0b1b60c2013-04-17 20:49:40 +00003515- CONFIG_OMAP_PLATFORM_RESET_TIME_MAX_USEC (OMAP only)
3516 This is set by OMAP boards for the max time that reset should
3517 be asserted. See doc/README.omap-reset-time for details on how
3518 the value can be calulated on a given board.
Simon Glass632efa72013-03-11 07:06:48 +00003519
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003520The following definitions that deal with the placement and management
3521of environment data (variable area); in general, we support the
3522following configurations:
3523
Mike Frysingerc3eb3fe2011-07-08 10:44:25 +00003524- CONFIG_BUILD_ENVCRC:
3525
3526 Builds up envcrc with the target environment so that external utils
3527 may easily extract it and embed it in final U-Boot images.
3528
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD5a1aceb2008-09-10 22:48:04 +02003529- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FLASH:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003530
3531 Define this if the environment is in flash memory.
3532
3533 a) The environment occupies one whole flash sector, which is
3534 "embedded" in the text segment with the U-Boot code. This
3535 happens usually with "bottom boot sector" or "top boot
3536 sector" type flash chips, which have several smaller
3537 sectors at the start or the end. For instance, such a
3538 layout can have sector sizes of 8, 2x4, 16, Nx32 kB. In
3539 such a case you would place the environment in one of the
3540 4 kB sectors - with U-Boot code before and after it. With
3541 "top boot sector" type flash chips, you would put the
3542 environment in one of the last sectors, leaving a gap
3543 between U-Boot and the environment.
3544
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003545 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003546
3547 Offset of environment data (variable area) to the
3548 beginning of flash memory; for instance, with bottom boot
3549 type flash chips the second sector can be used: the offset
3550 for this sector is given here.
3551
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003552 CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET is used relative to CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003553
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003554 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003555
3556 This is just another way to specify the start address of
3557 the flash sector containing the environment (instead of
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003558 CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003559
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003560 - CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003561
3562 Size of the sector containing the environment.
3563
3564
3565 b) Sometimes flash chips have few, equal sized, BIG sectors.
3566 In such a case you don't want to spend a whole sector for
3567 the environment.
3568
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003569 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003570
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD5a1aceb2008-09-10 22:48:04 +02003571 If you use this in combination with CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FLASH
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003572 and CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE, you can specify to use only a part
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003573 of this flash sector for the environment. This saves
3574 memory for the RAM copy of the environment.
3575
3576 It may also save flash memory if you decide to use this
3577 when your environment is "embedded" within U-Boot code,
3578 since then the remainder of the flash sector could be used
3579 for U-Boot code. It should be pointed out that this is
3580 STRONGLY DISCOURAGED from a robustness point of view:
3581 updating the environment in flash makes it always
3582 necessary to erase the WHOLE sector. If something goes
3583 wrong before the contents has been restored from a copy in
3584 RAM, your target system will be dead.
3585
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003586 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR_REDUND
3587 CONFIG_ENV_SIZE_REDUND
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003588
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003589 These settings describe a second storage area used to hold
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003590 a redundant copy of the environment data, so that there is
wdenk3e386912003-04-05 00:53:31 +00003591 a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure during
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003592 a "saveenv" operation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003593
3594BE CAREFUL! Any changes to the flash layout, and some changes to the
3595source code will make it necessary to adapt <board>/u-boot.lds*
3596accordingly!
3597
3598
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD9314cee2008-09-10 22:47:59 +02003599- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_NVRAM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003600
3601 Define this if you have some non-volatile memory device
3602 (NVRAM, battery buffered SRAM) which you want to use for the
3603 environment.
3604
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003605 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
3606 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003607
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003608 These two #defines are used to determine the memory area you
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003609 want to use for environment. It is assumed that this memory
3610 can just be read and written to, without any special
3611 provision.
3612
3613BE CAREFUL! The first access to the environment happens quite early
3614in U-Boot initalization (when we try to get the setting of for the
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003615console baudrate). You *MUST* have mapped your NVRAM area then, or
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003616U-Boot will hang.
3617
3618Please note that even with NVRAM we still use a copy of the
3619environment in RAM: we could work on NVRAM directly, but we want to
3620keep settings there always unmodified except somebody uses "saveenv"
3621to save the current settings.
3622
3623
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDbb1f8b42008-09-05 09:19:30 +02003624- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_EEPROM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003625
3626 Use this if you have an EEPROM or similar serial access
3627 device and a driver for it.
3628
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003629 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
3630 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003631
3632 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the
3633 environment area within the total memory of your EEPROM.
3634
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003635 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003636 If defined, specified the chip address of the EEPROM device.
3637 The default address is zero.
3638
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003639 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_PAGE_WRITE_BITS:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003640 If defined, the number of bits used to address bytes in a
3641 single page in the EEPROM device. A 64 byte page, for example
3642 would require six bits.
3643
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003644 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_PAGE_WRITE_DELAY_MS:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003645 If defined, the number of milliseconds to delay between
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00003646 page writes. The default is zero milliseconds.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003647
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003648 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR_LEN:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003649 The length in bytes of the EEPROM memory array address. Note
3650 that this is NOT the chip address length!
3651
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003652 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR_OVERFLOW:
wdenk5cf91d62004-04-23 20:32:05 +00003653 EEPROM chips that implement "address overflow" are ones
3654 like Catalyst 24WC04/08/16 which has 9/10/11 bits of
3655 address and the extra bits end up in the "chip address" bit
3656 slots. This makes a 24WC08 (1Kbyte) chip look like four 256
3657 byte chips.
3658
3659 Note that we consider the length of the address field to
3660 still be one byte because the extra address bits are hidden
3661 in the chip address.
3662
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003663 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003664 The size in bytes of the EEPROM device.
3665
Heiko Schocher548738b2010-01-07 08:55:40 +01003666 - CONFIG_ENV_EEPROM_IS_ON_I2C
3667 define this, if you have I2C and SPI activated, and your
3668 EEPROM, which holds the environment, is on the I2C bus.
3669
3670 - CONFIG_I2C_ENV_EEPROM_BUS
3671 if you have an Environment on an EEPROM reached over
3672 I2C muxes, you can define here, how to reach this
3673 EEPROM. For example:
3674
Wolfgang Denka9046b92010-06-13 17:48:15 +02003675 #define CONFIG_I2C_ENV_EEPROM_BUS "pca9547:70:d\0"
Heiko Schocher548738b2010-01-07 08:55:40 +01003676
3677 EEPROM which holds the environment, is reached over
3678 a pca9547 i2c mux with address 0x70, channel 3.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003679
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD057c8492008-09-10 22:47:58 +02003680- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_DATAFLASH:
wdenk5779d8d2003-12-06 23:55:10 +00003681
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003682 Define this if you have a DataFlash memory device which you
wdenk5779d8d2003-12-06 23:55:10 +00003683 want to use for the environment.
3684
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003685 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
3686 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
3687 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenk5779d8d2003-12-06 23:55:10 +00003688
3689 These three #defines specify the offset and size of the
3690 environment area within the total memory of your DataFlash placed
3691 at the specified address.
3692
Liu Gang0a85a9e2012-03-08 00:33:20 +00003693- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_REMOTE:
3694
3695 Define this if you have a remote memory space which you
3696 want to use for the local device's environment.
3697
3698 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
3699 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
3700
3701 These two #defines specify the address and size of the
3702 environment area within the remote memory space. The
3703 local device can get the environment from remote memory
Liu Gangfc54c7f2012-08-09 05:10:01 +00003704 space by SRIO or PCIE links.
Liu Gang0a85a9e2012-03-08 00:33:20 +00003705
3706BE CAREFUL! For some special cases, the local device can not use
3707"saveenv" command. For example, the local device will get the
Liu Gangfc54c7f2012-08-09 05:10:01 +00003708environment stored in a remote NOR flash by SRIO or PCIE link,
3709but it can not erase, write this NOR flash by SRIO or PCIE interface.
Liu Gang0a85a9e2012-03-08 00:33:20 +00003710
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD51bfee12008-09-10 22:47:58 +02003711- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_NAND:
wdenk13a56952004-06-09 14:58:14 +00003712
3713 Define this if you have a NAND device which you want to use
3714 for the environment.
3715
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003716 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
3717 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenk13a56952004-06-09 14:58:14 +00003718
3719 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the environment
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05003720 area within the first NAND device. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET must be
3721 aligned to an erase block boundary.
wdenk5779d8d2003-12-06 23:55:10 +00003722
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05003723 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND (optional):
Markus Klotzbuechere443c942006-03-20 18:02:44 +01003724
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003725 This setting describes a second storage area of CONFIG_ENV_SIZE
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05003726 size used to hold a redundant copy of the environment data, so
3727 that there is a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00003728 during a "saveenv" operation. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_RENDUND must be
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05003729 aligned to an erase block boundary.
Markus Klotzbuechere443c942006-03-20 18:02:44 +01003730
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05003731 - CONFIG_ENV_RANGE (optional):
3732
3733 Specifies the length of the region in which the environment
3734 can be written. This should be a multiple of the NAND device's
3735 block size. Specifying a range with more erase blocks than
3736 are needed to hold CONFIG_ENV_SIZE allows bad blocks within
3737 the range to be avoided.
3738
3739 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_OOB (optional):
3740
3741 Enables support for dynamically retrieving the offset of the
3742 environment from block zero's out-of-band data. The
3743 "nand env.oob" command can be used to record this offset.
3744 Currently, CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND is not supported when
3745 using CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_OOB.
Markus Klotzbuechere443c942006-03-20 18:02:44 +01003746
Guennadi Liakhovetskib74ab732009-05-18 16:07:22 +02003747- CONFIG_NAND_ENV_DST
3748
3749 Defines address in RAM to which the nand_spl code should copy the
3750 environment. If redundant environment is used, it will be copied to
3751 CONFIG_NAND_ENV_DST + CONFIG_ENV_SIZE.
3752
Joe Hershberger2b744332013-04-08 10:32:51 +00003753- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_UBI:
3754
3755 Define this if you have an UBI volume that you want to use for the
3756 environment. This has the benefit of wear-leveling the environment
3757 accesses, which is important on NAND.
3758
3759 - CONFIG_ENV_UBI_PART:
3760
3761 Define this to a string that is the mtd partition containing the UBI.
3762
3763 - CONFIG_ENV_UBI_VOLUME:
3764
3765 Define this to the name of the volume that you want to store the
3766 environment in.
3767
Joe Hershberger785881f2013-04-08 10:32:52 +00003768 - CONFIG_ENV_UBI_VOLUME_REDUND:
3769
3770 Define this to the name of another volume to store a second copy of
3771 the environment in. This will enable redundant environments in UBI.
3772 It is assumed that both volumes are in the same MTD partition.
3773
Joe Hershberger2b744332013-04-08 10:32:51 +00003774 - CONFIG_UBI_SILENCE_MSG
3775 - CONFIG_UBIFS_SILENCE_MSG
3776
3777 You will probably want to define these to avoid a really noisy system
3778 when storing the env in UBI.
3779
Stephen Warren06e4ae52013-06-11 15:14:00 -06003780- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_MMC:
3781
3782 Define this if you have an MMC device which you want to use for the
3783 environment.
3784
3785 - CONFIG_SYS_MMC_ENV_DEV:
3786
3787 Specifies which MMC device the environment is stored in.
3788
3789 - CONFIG_SYS_MMC_ENV_PART (optional):
3790
3791 Specifies which MMC partition the environment is stored in. If not
3792 set, defaults to partition 0, the user area. Common values might be
3793 1 (first MMC boot partition), 2 (second MMC boot partition).
3794
3795 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
3796 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
3797
3798 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the environment
3799 area within the specified MMC device.
3800
Stephen Warren5c088ee2013-06-11 15:14:02 -06003801 If offset is positive (the usual case), it is treated as relative to
3802 the start of the MMC partition. If offset is negative, it is treated
3803 as relative to the end of the MMC partition. This can be useful if
3804 your board may be fitted with different MMC devices, which have
3805 different sizes for the MMC partitions, and you always want the
3806 environment placed at the very end of the partition, to leave the
3807 maximum possible space before it, to store other data.
3808
Stephen Warren06e4ae52013-06-11 15:14:00 -06003809 These two values are in units of bytes, but must be aligned to an
3810 MMC sector boundary.
3811
3812 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND (optional):
3813
3814 Specifies a second storage area, of CONFIG_ENV_SIZE size, used to
3815 hold a redundant copy of the environment data. This provides a
3816 valid backup copy in case the other copy is corrupted, e.g. due
3817 to a power failure during a "saveenv" operation.
3818
Stephen Warren5c088ee2013-06-11 15:14:02 -06003819 This value may also be positive or negative; this is handled in the
3820 same way as CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET.
3821
Stephen Warren06e4ae52013-06-11 15:14:00 -06003822 This value is also in units of bytes, but must also be aligned to
3823 an MMC sector boundary.
3824
3825 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE_REDUND (optional):
3826
3827 This value need not be set, even when CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND is
3828 set. If this value is set, it must be set to the same value as
3829 CONFIG_ENV_SIZE.
3830
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003831- CONFIG_SYS_SPI_INIT_OFFSET
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003832
3833 Defines offset to the initial SPI buffer area in DPRAM. The
3834 area is used at an early stage (ROM part) if the environment
3835 is configured to reside in the SPI EEPROM: We need a 520 byte
3836 scratch DPRAM area. It is used between the two initialization
3837 calls (spi_init_f() and spi_init_r()). A value of 0xB00 seems
3838 to be a good choice since it makes it far enough from the
3839 start of the data area as well as from the stack pointer.
3840
Bruce Adlere881cb52007-11-02 13:15:42 -07003841Please note that the environment is read-only until the monitor
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003842has been relocated to RAM and a RAM copy of the environment has been
Wolfgang Denkcdb74972010-07-24 21:55:43 +02003843created; also, when using EEPROM you will have to use getenv_f()
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003844until then to read environment variables.
3845
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00003846The environment is protected by a CRC32 checksum. Before the monitor
3847is relocated into RAM, as a result of a bad CRC you will be working
3848with the compiled-in default environment - *silently*!!! [This is
3849necessary, because the first environment variable we need is the
3850"baudrate" setting for the console - if we have a bad CRC, we don't
3851have any device yet where we could complain.]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003852
3853Note: once the monitor has been relocated, then it will complain if
3854the default environment is used; a new CRC is computed as soon as you
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00003855use the "saveenv" command to store a valid environment.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003856
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003857- CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_ECHO_LINK_DOWN:
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00003858 Echo the inverted Ethernet link state to the fault LED.
wdenkfc3e2162003-10-08 22:33:00 +00003859
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003860 Note: If this option is active, then CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_MII_ADDR
wdenkfc3e2162003-10-08 22:33:00 +00003861 also needs to be defined.
3862
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003863- CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_MII_ADDR:
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00003864 MII address of the PHY to check for the Ethernet link state.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003865
Ron Madridf5675aa2009-02-18 14:30:44 -08003866- CONFIG_NS16550_MIN_FUNCTIONS:
3867 Define this if you desire to only have use of the NS16550_init
3868 and NS16550_putc functions for the serial driver located at
3869 drivers/serial/ns16550.c. This option is useful for saving
3870 space for already greatly restricted images, including but not
3871 limited to NAND_SPL configurations.
3872
Simon Glassb2b92f52012-11-30 13:01:18 +00003873- CONFIG_DISPLAY_BOARDINFO
3874 Display information about the board that U-Boot is running on
3875 when U-Boot starts up. The board function checkboard() is called
3876 to do this.
3877
Simon Glasse2e3e2b2012-11-30 13:01:19 +00003878- CONFIG_DISPLAY_BOARDINFO_LATE
3879 Similar to the previous option, but display this information
3880 later, once stdio is running and output goes to the LCD, if
3881 present.
3882
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003883Low Level (hardware related) configuration options:
wdenkdc7c9a12003-03-26 06:55:25 +00003884---------------------------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003885
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003886- CONFIG_SYS_CACHELINE_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003887 Cache Line Size of the CPU.
3888
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003889- CONFIG_SYS_DEFAULT_IMMR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003890 Default address of the IMMR after system reset.
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +00003891
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00003892 Needed on some 8260 systems (MPC8260ADS, PQ2FADS-ZU,
3893 and RPXsuper) to be able to adjust the position of
3894 the IMMR register after a reset.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003895
Timur Tabie46fedf2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05003896- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT:
3897 Default (power-on reset) physical address of CCSR on Freescale
3898 PowerPC SOCs.
3899
3900- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR:
3901 Virtual address of CCSR. On a 32-bit build, this is typically
3902 the same value as CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT.
3903
3904 CONFIG_SYS_DEFAULT_IMMR must also be set to this value,
3905 for cross-platform code that uses that macro instead.
3906
3907- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS:
3908 Physical address of CCSR. CCSR can be relocated to a new
3909 physical address, if desired. In this case, this macro should
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00003910 be set to that address. Otherwise, it should be set to the
Timur Tabie46fedf2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05003911 same value as CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT. For example, CCSR
3912 is typically relocated on 36-bit builds. It is recommended
3913 that this macro be defined via the _HIGH and _LOW macros:
3914
3915 #define CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS ((CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_HIGH
3916 * 1ull) << 32 | CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_LOW)
3917
3918- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_HIGH:
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02003919 Bits 33-36 of CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS. This value is typically
3920 either 0 (32-bit build) or 0xF (36-bit build). This macro is
Timur Tabie46fedf2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05003921 used in assembly code, so it must not contain typecasts or
3922 integer size suffixes (e.g. "ULL").
3923
3924- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_LOW:
3925 Lower 32-bits of CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS. This macro is
3926 used in assembly code, so it must not contain typecasts or
3927 integer size suffixes (e.g. "ULL").
3928
3929- CONFIG_SYS_CCSR_DO_NOT_RELOCATE:
3930 If this macro is defined, then CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS will be
3931 forced to a value that ensures that CCSR is not relocated.
3932
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003933- Floppy Disk Support:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003934 CONFIG_SYS_FDC_DRIVE_NUMBER
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003935
3936 the default drive number (default value 0)
3937
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003938 CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_STRIDE
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003939
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003940 defines the spacing between FDC chipset registers
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003941 (default value 1)
3942
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003943 CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_OFFSET
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003944
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003945 defines the offset of register from address. It
3946 depends on which part of the data bus is connected to
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003947 the FDC chipset. (default value 0)
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003948
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003949 If CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_STRIDE CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_OFFSET and
3950 CONFIG_SYS_FDC_DRIVE_NUMBER are undefined, they take their
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003951 default value.
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003952
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003953 if CONFIG_SYS_FDC_HW_INIT is defined, then the function
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003954 fdc_hw_init() is called at the beginning of the FDC
3955 setup. fdc_hw_init() must be provided by the board
3956 source code. It is used to make hardware dependant
3957 initializations.
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003958
Macpaul Lin0abddf82011-04-11 20:45:32 +00003959- CONFIG_IDE_AHB:
3960 Most IDE controllers were designed to be connected with PCI
3961 interface. Only few of them were designed for AHB interface.
3962 When software is doing ATA command and data transfer to
3963 IDE devices through IDE-AHB controller, some additional
3964 registers accessing to these kind of IDE-AHB controller
3965 is requierd.
3966
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003967- CONFIG_SYS_IMMR: Physical address of the Internal Memory.
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00003968 DO NOT CHANGE unless you know exactly what you're
wdenk25d67122004-12-10 11:40:40 +00003969 doing! (11-4) [MPC8xx/82xx systems only]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003970
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003971- CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003972
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00003973 Start address of memory area that can be used for
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003974 initial data and stack; please note that this must be
3975 writable memory that is working WITHOUT special
3976 initialization, i. e. you CANNOT use normal RAM which
3977 will become available only after programming the
3978 memory controller and running certain initialization
3979 sequences.
3980
3981 U-Boot uses the following memory types:
3982 - MPC8xx and MPC8260: IMMR (internal memory of the CPU)
3983 - MPC824X: data cache
3984 - PPC4xx: data cache
3985
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003986- CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003987
3988 Offset of the initial data structure in the memory
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003989 area defined by CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR. Usually
3990 CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET is chosen such that the initial
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003991 data is located at the end of the available space
Wolfgang Denk553f0982010-10-26 13:32:32 +02003992 (sometimes written as (CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE -
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003993 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_DATA_SIZE), and the initial stack is just
3994 below that area (growing from (CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR +
3995 CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET) downward.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003996
3997 Note:
3998 On the MPC824X (or other systems that use the data
3999 cache for initial memory) the address chosen for
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004000 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR is basically arbitrary - it must
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004001 point to an otherwise UNUSED address space between
4002 the top of RAM and the start of the PCI space.
4003
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004004- CONFIG_SYS_SIUMCR: SIU Module Configuration (11-6)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004005
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004006- CONFIG_SYS_SYPCR: System Protection Control (11-9)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004007
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004008- CONFIG_SYS_TBSCR: Time Base Status and Control (11-26)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004009
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004010- CONFIG_SYS_PISCR: Periodic Interrupt Status and Control (11-31)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004011
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004012- CONFIG_SYS_PLPRCR: PLL, Low-Power, and Reset Control Register (15-30)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004013
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004014- CONFIG_SYS_SCCR: System Clock and reset Control Register (15-27)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004015
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004016- CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_SDRAM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004017 SDRAM timing
4018
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004019- CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_PTA:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004020 periodic timer for refresh
4021
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004022- CONFIG_SYS_DER: Debug Event Register (37-47)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004023
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004024- FLASH_BASE0_PRELIM, FLASH_BASE1_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_REMAP_OR_AM,
4025 CONFIG_SYS_PRELIM_OR_AM, CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_FLASH, CONFIG_SYS_OR0_REMAP,
4026 CONFIG_SYS_OR0_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR0_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_OR1_REMAP, CONFIG_SYS_OR1_PRELIM,
4027 CONFIG_SYS_BR1_PRELIM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004028 Memory Controller Definitions: BR0/1 and OR0/1 (FLASH)
4029
4030- SDRAM_BASE2_PRELIM, SDRAM_BASE3_PRELIM, SDRAM_MAX_SIZE,
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004031 CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_SDRAM, CONFIG_SYS_OR2_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR2_PRELIM,
4032 CONFIG_SYS_OR3_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR3_PRELIM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004033 Memory Controller Definitions: BR2/3 and OR2/3 (SDRAM)
4034
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004035- CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_PTA, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_2BK_4K, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_1BK_4K, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_2BK_8K,
4036 CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_1BK_8K, CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_8COL, CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_9COL:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004037 Machine Mode Register and Memory Periodic Timer
4038 Prescaler definitions (SDRAM timing)
4039
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004040- CONFIG_SYS_I2C_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004041 enable I2C microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
4042 define relocation offset in DPRAM [DSP2]
4043
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004044- CONFIG_SYS_SMC_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_SMC_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
Heiko Schocherb423d052008-01-11 01:12:07 +01004045 enable SMC microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
4046 define relocation offset in DPRAM [SMC1]
4047
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004048- CONFIG_SYS_SPI_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_SPI_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004049 enable SPI microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
4050 define relocation offset in DPRAM [SCC4]
4051
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004052- CONFIG_SYS_USE_OSCCLK:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004053 Use OSCM clock mode on MBX8xx board. Be careful,
4054 wrong setting might damage your board. Read
4055 doc/README.MBX before setting this variable!
4056
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004057- CONFIG_SYS_CPM_POST_WORD_ADDR: (MPC8xx, MPC8260 only)
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004058 Offset of the bootmode word in DPRAM used by post
4059 (Power On Self Tests). This definition overrides
4060 #define'd default value in commproc.h resp.
4061 cpm_8260.h.
wdenkea909b72002-11-21 23:11:29 +00004062
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004063- CONFIG_SYS_PCI_SLV_MEM_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_SLV_MEM_BUS, CONFIG_SYS_PICMR0_MASK_ATTRIB,
4064 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR0_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCIMSK0_MASK, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR1_LOCAL,
4065 CONFIG_SYS_PCIMSK1_MASK, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_BUS,
4066 CONFIG_SYS_CPU_PCI_MEM_START, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_POCMR0_MASK_ATTRIB,
4067 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_BUS, CPU_PCI_MEMIO_START,
4068 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_POCMR1_MASK_ATTRIB, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_LOCAL,
4069 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_BUS, CONFIG_SYS_CPU_PCI_IO_START, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_SIZE,
4070 CONFIG_SYS_POCMR2_MASK_ATTRIB: (MPC826x only)
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02004071 Overrides the default PCI memory map in arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc8260/pci.c if set.
wdenk5d232d02003-05-22 22:52:13 +00004072
Dirk Eibach9cacf4f2009-02-09 08:18:34 +01004073- CONFIG_PCI_DISABLE_PCIE:
4074 Disable PCI-Express on systems where it is supported but not
4075 required.
4076
Andrew Sharp69fd2d32012-08-29 14:16:32 +00004077- CONFIG_PCI_ENUM_ONLY
4078 Only scan through and get the devices on the busses.
4079 Don't do any setup work, presumably because someone or
4080 something has already done it, and we don't need to do it
4081 a second time. Useful for platforms that are pre-booted
4082 by coreboot or similar.
4083
Gabor Juhos842033e2013-05-30 07:06:12 +00004084- CONFIG_PCI_INDIRECT_BRIDGE:
4085 Enable support for indirect PCI bridges.
4086
Kumar Galaa09b9b62010-12-30 12:09:53 -06004087- CONFIG_SYS_SRIO:
4088 Chip has SRIO or not
4089
4090- CONFIG_SRIO1:
4091 Board has SRIO 1 port available
4092
4093- CONFIG_SRIO2:
4094 Board has SRIO 2 port available
4095
Liu Gangc8b28152013-05-07 16:30:46 +08004096- CONFIG_SRIO_PCIE_BOOT_MASTER
4097 Board can support master function for Boot from SRIO and PCIE
4098
Kumar Galaa09b9b62010-12-30 12:09:53 -06004099- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_VIRT:
4100 Virtual Address of SRIO port 'n' memory region
4101
4102- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_PHYS:
4103 Physical Address of SRIO port 'n' memory region
4104
4105- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_SIZE:
4106 Size of SRIO port 'n' memory region
4107
Fabio Estevam66bd1842013-04-11 09:35:34 +00004108- CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BUSWIDTH_16BIT
4109 Defined to tell the NAND controller that the NAND chip is using
4110 a 16 bit bus.
4111 Not all NAND drivers use this symbol.
Fabio Estevama430e912013-04-11 09:35:35 +00004112 Example of drivers that use it:
Fabio Estevam66bd1842013-04-11 09:35:34 +00004113 - drivers/mtd/nand/ndfc.c
Fabio Estevama430e912013-04-11 09:35:35 +00004114 - drivers/mtd/nand/mxc_nand.c
Alex Watermaneced4622011-05-19 15:08:36 -04004115
4116- CONFIG_SYS_NDFC_EBC0_CFG
4117 Sets the EBC0_CFG register for the NDFC. If not defined
4118 a default value will be used.
4119
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04004120- CONFIG_SPD_EEPROM
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004121 Get DDR timing information from an I2C EEPROM. Common
4122 with pluggable memory modules such as SODIMMs
4123
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04004124 SPD_EEPROM_ADDRESS
4125 I2C address of the SPD EEPROM
4126
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004127- CONFIG_SYS_SPD_BUS_NUM
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004128 If SPD EEPROM is on an I2C bus other than the first
4129 one, specify here. Note that the value must resolve
4130 to something your driver can deal with.
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04004131
York Sun1b3e3c42011-06-07 09:42:16 +08004132- CONFIG_SYS_DDR_RAW_TIMING
4133 Get DDR timing information from other than SPD. Common with
4134 soldered DDR chips onboard without SPD. DDR raw timing
4135 parameters are extracted from datasheet and hard-coded into
4136 header files or board specific files.
4137
York Sun6f5e1dc2011-09-16 13:21:35 -07004138- CONFIG_FSL_DDR_INTERACTIVE
4139 Enable interactive DDR debugging. See doc/README.fsl-ddr.
4140
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004141- CONFIG_SYS_83XX_DDR_USES_CS0
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004142 Only for 83xx systems. If specified, then DDR should
4143 be configured using CS0 and CS1 instead of CS2 and CS3.
Timur Tabi2ad6b512006-10-31 18:44:42 -06004144
wdenkc26e4542004-04-18 10:13:26 +00004145- CONFIG_ETHER_ON_FEC[12]
4146 Define to enable FEC[12] on a 8xx series processor.
4147
4148- CONFIG_FEC[12]_PHY
4149 Define to the hardcoded PHY address which corresponds
wdenk6e592382004-04-18 17:39:38 +00004150 to the given FEC; i. e.
4151 #define CONFIG_FEC1_PHY 4
wdenkc26e4542004-04-18 10:13:26 +00004152 means that the PHY with address 4 is connected to FEC1
4153
4154 When set to -1, means to probe for first available.
4155
4156- CONFIG_FEC[12]_PHY_NORXERR
4157 The PHY does not have a RXERR line (RMII only).
4158 (so program the FEC to ignore it).
4159
4160- CONFIG_RMII
4161 Enable RMII mode for all FECs.
4162 Note that this is a global option, we can't
4163 have one FEC in standard MII mode and another in RMII mode.
4164
wdenk5cf91d62004-04-23 20:32:05 +00004165- CONFIG_CRC32_VERIFY
4166 Add a verify option to the crc32 command.
4167 The syntax is:
4168
4169 => crc32 -v <address> <count> <crc32>
4170
4171 Where address/count indicate a memory area
4172 and crc32 is the correct crc32 which the
4173 area should have.
4174
wdenk56523f12004-07-11 17:40:54 +00004175- CONFIG_LOOPW
4176 Add the "loopw" memory command. This only takes effect if
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05004177 the memory commands are activated globally (CONFIG_CMD_MEM).
wdenk56523f12004-07-11 17:40:54 +00004178
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00004179- CONFIG_MX_CYCLIC
4180 Add the "mdc" and "mwc" memory commands. These are cyclic
4181 "md/mw" commands.
4182 Examples:
4183
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00004184 => mdc.b 10 4 500
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00004185 This command will print 4 bytes (10,11,12,13) each 500 ms.
4186
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00004187 => mwc.l 100 12345678 10
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00004188 This command will write 12345678 to address 100 all 10 ms.
4189
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00004190 This only takes effect if the memory commands are activated
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05004191 globally (CONFIG_CMD_MEM).
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00004192
wdenk8aa1a2d2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00004193- CONFIG_SKIP_LOWLEVEL_INIT
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +00004194 [ARM, NDS32, MIPS only] If this variable is defined, then certain
Wolfgang Denk844f07d2010-11-27 23:30:56 +01004195 low level initializations (like setting up the memory
4196 controller) are omitted and/or U-Boot does not
4197 relocate itself into RAM.
wdenk8aa1a2d2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00004198
Wolfgang Denk844f07d2010-11-27 23:30:56 +01004199 Normally this variable MUST NOT be defined. The only
4200 exception is when U-Boot is loaded (to RAM) by some
4201 other boot loader or by a debugger which performs
4202 these initializations itself.
wdenk8aa1a2d2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00004203
Aneesh V401bb302011-07-13 05:11:07 +00004204- CONFIG_SPL_BUILD
Magnus Liljadf812382009-06-13 20:50:00 +02004205 Modifies the behaviour of start.S when compiling a loader
4206 that is executed before the actual U-Boot. E.g. when
4207 compiling a NAND SPL.
wdenk400558b2005-04-02 23:52:25 +00004208
Ying Zhang5df572f2013-05-20 14:07:23 +08004209- CONFIG_SYS_MPC85XX_NO_RESETVEC
4210 Only for 85xx systems. If this variable is specified, the section
4211 .resetvec is not kept and the section .bootpg is placed in the
4212 previous 4k of the .text section.
4213
Simon Glass4213fc22013-02-24 17:33:14 +00004214- CONFIG_ARCH_MAP_SYSMEM
4215 Generally U-Boot (and in particular the md command) uses
4216 effective address. It is therefore not necessary to regard
4217 U-Boot address as virtual addresses that need to be translated
4218 to physical addresses. However, sandbox requires this, since
4219 it maintains its own little RAM buffer which contains all
4220 addressable memory. This option causes some memory accesses
4221 to be mapped through map_sysmem() / unmap_sysmem().
4222
Matthias Weisserd8834a12011-03-10 21:36:32 +00004223- CONFIG_USE_ARCH_MEMCPY
4224 CONFIG_USE_ARCH_MEMSET
4225 If these options are used a optimized version of memcpy/memset will
4226 be used if available. These functions may be faster under some
4227 conditions but may increase the binary size.
4228
Simon Glass588a13f2013-02-14 04:18:54 +00004229- CONFIG_X86_RESET_VECTOR
4230 If defined, the x86 reset vector code is included. This is not
4231 needed when U-Boot is running from Coreboot.
Gabe Blackb16f5212012-11-27 21:08:06 +00004232
Mark Jacksonfc337052013-03-04 01:27:20 +00004233- CONFIG_SYS_MPUCLK
4234 Defines the MPU clock speed (in MHz).
4235
4236 NOTE : currently only supported on AM335x platforms.
Gabe Black5b5ece92012-11-29 16:23:41 +00004237
Timur Tabif2717b42011-11-22 09:21:25 -06004238Freescale QE/FMAN Firmware Support:
4239-----------------------------------
4240
4241The Freescale QUICCEngine (QE) and Frame Manager (FMAN) both support the
4242loading of "firmware", which is encoded in the QE firmware binary format.
4243This firmware often needs to be loaded during U-Boot booting, so macros
4244are used to identify the storage device (NOR flash, SPI, etc) and the address
4245within that device.
4246
4247- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_ADDR
4248 The address in the storage device where the firmware is located. The
4249 meaning of this address depends on which CONFIG_SYS_QE_FW_IN_xxx macro
4250 is also specified.
4251
4252- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_LENGTH
4253 The maximum possible size of the firmware. The firmware binary format
4254 has a field that specifies the actual size of the firmware, but it
4255 might not be possible to read any part of the firmware unless some
4256 local storage is allocated to hold the entire firmware first.
4257
4258- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_NOR
4259 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in NOR flash, mapped as
4260 normal addressable memory via the LBC. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the
4261 virtual address in NOR flash.
4262
4263- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_NAND
4264 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in NAND flash.
4265 CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the offset within NAND flash.
4266
4267- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_MMC
4268 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located on the primary SD/MMC
4269 device. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the byte offset on that device.
4270
4271- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_SPIFLASH
4272 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located on the primary SPI
4273 device. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the byte offset on that device.
4274
Liu Gang292dc6c2012-03-08 00:33:18 +00004275- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_REMOTE
4276 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in the remote (master)
4277 memory space. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is a virtual address which
Liu Gangfc54c7f2012-08-09 05:10:01 +00004278 can be mapped from slave TLB->slave LAW->slave SRIO or PCIE outbound
4279 window->master inbound window->master LAW->the ucode address in
4280 master's memory space.
Timur Tabif2717b42011-11-22 09:21:25 -06004281
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004282Building the Software:
4283======================
4284
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004285Building U-Boot has been tested in several native build environments
4286and in many different cross environments. Of course we cannot support
4287all possibly existing versions of cross development tools in all
4288(potentially obsolete) versions. In case of tool chain problems we
4289recommend to use the ELDK (see http://www.denx.de/wiki/DULG/ELDK)
4290which is extensively used to build and test U-Boot.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004291
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004292If you are not using a native environment, it is assumed that you
4293have GNU cross compiling tools available in your path. In this case,
4294you must set the environment variable CROSS_COMPILE in your shell.
4295Note that no changes to the Makefile or any other source files are
4296necessary. For example using the ELDK on a 4xx CPU, please enter:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004297
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004298 $ CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_4xx-
4299 $ export CROSS_COMPILE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004300
Peter Tyser2f8d3962009-03-13 18:54:51 -05004301Note: If you wish to generate Windows versions of the utilities in
4302 the tools directory you can use the MinGW toolchain
4303 (http://www.mingw.org). Set your HOST tools to the MinGW
4304 toolchain and execute 'make tools'. For example:
4305
4306 $ make HOSTCC=i586-mingw32msvc-gcc HOSTSTRIP=i586-mingw32msvc-strip tools
4307
4308 Binaries such as tools/mkimage.exe will be created which can
4309 be executed on computers running Windows.
4310
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004311U-Boot is intended to be simple to build. After installing the
4312sources you must configure U-Boot for one specific board type. This
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004313is done by typing:
4314
4315 make NAME_config
4316
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004317where "NAME_config" is the name of one of the existing configu-
Michael Jones4d675ae2012-03-15 22:48:10 +00004318rations; see boards.cfg for supported names.
wdenk54387ac2003-10-08 22:45:44 +00004319
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004320Note: for some board special configuration names may exist; check if
4321 additional information is available from the board vendor; for
4322 instance, the TQM823L systems are available without (standard)
4323 or with LCD support. You can select such additional "features"
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004324 when choosing the configuration, i. e.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004325
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004326 make TQM823L_config
4327 - will configure for a plain TQM823L, i. e. no LCD support
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004328
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004329 make TQM823L_LCD_config
4330 - will configure for a TQM823L with U-Boot console on LCD
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004331
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004332 etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004333
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004334
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004335Finally, type "make all", and you should get some working U-Boot
4336images ready for download to / installation on your system:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004337
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004338- "u-boot.bin" is a raw binary image
4339- "u-boot" is an image in ELF binary format
4340- "u-boot.srec" is in Motorola S-Record format
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004341
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02004342By default the build is performed locally and the objects are saved
4343in the source directory. One of the two methods can be used to change
4344this behavior and build U-Boot to some external directory:
4345
43461. Add O= to the make command line invocations:
4347
4348 make O=/tmp/build distclean
4349 make O=/tmp/build NAME_config
4350 make O=/tmp/build all
4351
43522. Set environment variable BUILD_DIR to point to the desired location:
4353
4354 export BUILD_DIR=/tmp/build
4355 make distclean
4356 make NAME_config
4357 make all
4358
4359Note that the command line "O=" setting overrides the BUILD_DIR environment
4360variable.
4361
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004362
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004363Please be aware that the Makefiles assume you are using GNU make, so
4364for instance on NetBSD you might need to use "gmake" instead of
4365native "make".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004366
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004367
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004368If the system board that you have is not listed, then you will need
4369to port U-Boot to your hardware platform. To do this, follow these
4370steps:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004371
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +000043721. Add a new configuration option for your board to the toplevel
Michael Jones4d675ae2012-03-15 22:48:10 +00004373 "boards.cfg" file, using the existing entries as examples.
4374 Follow the instructions there to keep the boards in order.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +000043752. Create a new directory to hold your board specific code. Add any
4376 files you need. In your board directory, you will need at least
4377 the "Makefile", a "<board>.c", "flash.c" and "u-boot.lds".
43783. Create a new configuration file "include/configs/<board>.h" for
4379 your board
43803. If you're porting U-Boot to a new CPU, then also create a new
4381 directory to hold your CPU specific code. Add any files you need.
43824. Run "make <board>_config" with your new name.
43835. Type "make", and you should get a working "u-boot.srec" file
4384 to be installed on your target system.
43856. Debug and solve any problems that might arise.
4386 [Of course, this last step is much harder than it sounds.]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004387
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004388
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004389Testing of U-Boot Modifications, Ports to New Hardware, etc.:
4390==============================================================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004391
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004392If you have modified U-Boot sources (for instance added a new board
4393or support for new devices, a new CPU, etc.) you are expected to
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004394provide feedback to the other developers. The feedback normally takes
4395the form of a "patch", i. e. a context diff against a certain (latest
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004396official or latest in the git repository) version of U-Boot sources.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004397
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004398But before you submit such a patch, please verify that your modifi-
4399cation did not break existing code. At least make sure that *ALL* of
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004400the supported boards compile WITHOUT ANY compiler warnings. To do so,
4401just run the "MAKEALL" script, which will configure and build U-Boot
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004402for ALL supported system. Be warned, this will take a while. You can
4403select which (cross) compiler to use by passing a `CROSS_COMPILE'
4404environment variable to the script, i. e. to use the ELDK cross tools
4405you can type
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004406
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004407 CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_8xx- MAKEALL
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004408
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004409or to build on a native PowerPC system you can type
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004410
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004411 CROSS_COMPILE=' ' MAKEALL
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004412
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004413When using the MAKEALL script, the default behaviour is to build
4414U-Boot in the source directory. This location can be changed by
4415setting the BUILD_DIR environment variable. Also, for each target
4416built, the MAKEALL script saves two log files (<target>.ERR and
4417<target>.MAKEALL) in the <source dir>/LOG directory. This default
4418location can be changed by setting the MAKEALL_LOGDIR environment
4419variable. For example:
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02004420
4421 export BUILD_DIR=/tmp/build
4422 export MAKEALL_LOGDIR=/tmp/log
4423 CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_8xx- MAKEALL
4424
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004425With the above settings build objects are saved in the /tmp/build,
4426log files are saved in the /tmp/log and the source tree remains clean
4427during the whole build process.
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02004428
4429
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004430See also "U-Boot Porting Guide" below.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004431
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004432
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004433Monitor Commands - Overview:
4434============================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004435
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004436go - start application at address 'addr'
4437run - run commands in an environment variable
4438bootm - boot application image from memory
4439bootp - boot image via network using BootP/TFTP protocol
Marek Vasut44f074c2012-03-14 21:52:45 +00004440bootz - boot zImage from memory
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004441tftpboot- boot image via network using TFTP protocol
4442 and env variables "ipaddr" and "serverip"
4443 (and eventually "gatewayip")
Simon Glass1fb7cd42011-10-24 18:00:07 +00004444tftpput - upload a file via network using TFTP protocol
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004445rarpboot- boot image via network using RARP/TFTP protocol
4446diskboot- boot from IDE devicebootd - boot default, i.e., run 'bootcmd'
4447loads - load S-Record file over serial line
4448loadb - load binary file over serial line (kermit mode)
4449md - memory display
4450mm - memory modify (auto-incrementing)
4451nm - memory modify (constant address)
4452mw - memory write (fill)
4453cp - memory copy
4454cmp - memory compare
4455crc32 - checksum calculation
Peter Tyser0f89c542009-04-18 22:34:03 -05004456i2c - I2C sub-system
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004457sspi - SPI utility commands
4458base - print or set address offset
4459printenv- print environment variables
4460setenv - set environment variables
4461saveenv - save environment variables to persistent storage
4462protect - enable or disable FLASH write protection
4463erase - erase FLASH memory
4464flinfo - print FLASH memory information
Karl O. Pinc10635af2012-08-03 05:57:21 +00004465nand - NAND memory operations (see doc/README.nand)
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004466bdinfo - print Board Info structure
4467iminfo - print header information for application image
4468coninfo - print console devices and informations
4469ide - IDE sub-system
4470loop - infinite loop on address range
wdenk56523f12004-07-11 17:40:54 +00004471loopw - infinite write loop on address range
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004472mtest - simple RAM test
4473icache - enable or disable instruction cache
4474dcache - enable or disable data cache
4475reset - Perform RESET of the CPU
4476echo - echo args to console
4477version - print monitor version
4478help - print online help
4479? - alias for 'help'
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004480
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004481
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004482Monitor Commands - Detailed Description:
4483========================================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004484
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004485TODO.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004486
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004487For now: just type "help <command>".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004488
4489
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004490Environment Variables:
4491======================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004492
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004493U-Boot supports user configuration using Environment Variables which
4494can be made persistent by saving to Flash memory.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004495
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004496Environment Variables are set using "setenv", printed using
4497"printenv", and saved to Flash using "saveenv". Using "setenv"
4498without a value can be used to delete a variable from the
4499environment. As long as you don't save the environment you are
4500working with an in-memory copy. In case the Flash area containing the
4501environment is erased by accident, a default environment is provided.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004502
Wolfgang Denkc96f86e2010-01-17 23:55:53 +01004503Some configuration options can be set using Environment Variables.
4504
4505List of environment variables (most likely not complete):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004506
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004507 baudrate - see CONFIG_BAUDRATE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004508
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004509 bootdelay - see CONFIG_BOOTDELAY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004510
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004511 bootcmd - see CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004512
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004513 bootargs - Boot arguments when booting an RTOS image
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004514
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004515 bootfile - Name of the image to load with TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004516
Bartlomiej Sieka7d721e32008-04-14 15:44:16 +02004517 bootm_low - Memory range available for image processing in the bootm
4518 command can be restricted. This variable is given as
4519 a hexadecimal number and defines lowest address allowed
4520 for use by the bootm command. See also "bootm_size"
4521 environment variable. Address defined by "bootm_low" is
4522 also the base of the initial memory mapping for the Linux
Grant Likelyc3624e62011-03-28 09:58:43 +00004523 kernel -- see the description of CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ and
4524 bootm_mapsize.
4525
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00004526 bootm_mapsize - Size of the initial memory mapping for the Linux kernel.
Grant Likelyc3624e62011-03-28 09:58:43 +00004527 This variable is given as a hexadecimal number and it
4528 defines the size of the memory region starting at base
4529 address bootm_low that is accessible by the Linux kernel
4530 during early boot. If unset, CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ is used
4531 as the default value if it is defined, and bootm_size is
4532 used otherwise.
Bartlomiej Sieka7d721e32008-04-14 15:44:16 +02004533
4534 bootm_size - Memory range available for image processing in the bootm
4535 command can be restricted. This variable is given as
4536 a hexadecimal number and defines the size of the region
4537 allowed for use by the bootm command. See also "bootm_low"
4538 environment variable.
4539
Bartlomiej Sieka4bae9092008-10-01 15:26:31 +02004540 updatefile - Location of the software update file on a TFTP server, used
4541 by the automatic software update feature. Please refer to
4542 documentation in doc/README.update for more details.
4543
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004544 autoload - if set to "no" (any string beginning with 'n'),
4545 "bootp" will just load perform a lookup of the
4546 configuration from the BOOTP server, but not try to
4547 load any image using TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004548
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004549 autostart - if set to "yes", an image loaded using the "bootp",
4550 "rarpboot", "tftpboot" or "diskboot" commands will
4551 be automatically started (by internally calling
4552 "bootm")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004553
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004554 If set to "no", a standalone image passed to the
4555 "bootm" command will be copied to the load address
4556 (and eventually uncompressed), but NOT be started.
4557 This can be used to load and uncompress arbitrary
4558 data.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004559
David A. Longa28afca2011-07-09 16:40:19 -04004560 fdt_high - if set this restricts the maximum address that the
4561 flattened device tree will be copied into upon boot.
Shawn Guofa34f6b2012-01-09 21:54:08 +00004562 For example, if you have a system with 1 GB memory
4563 at physical address 0x10000000, while Linux kernel
4564 only recognizes the first 704 MB as low memory, you
4565 may need to set fdt_high as 0x3C000000 to have the
4566 device tree blob be copied to the maximum address
4567 of the 704 MB low memory, so that Linux kernel can
4568 access it during the boot procedure.
4569
David A. Longa28afca2011-07-09 16:40:19 -04004570 If this is set to the special value 0xFFFFFFFF then
4571 the fdt will not be copied at all on boot. For this
4572 to work it must reside in writable memory, have
4573 sufficient padding on the end of it for u-boot to
4574 add the information it needs into it, and the memory
4575 must be accessible by the kernel.
4576
Simon Glasseea63e02011-10-24 19:15:34 +00004577 fdtcontroladdr- if set this is the address of the control flattened
4578 device tree used by U-Boot when CONFIG_OF_CONTROL is
4579 defined.
4580
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00004581 i2cfast - (PPC405GP|PPC405EP only)
4582 if set to 'y' configures Linux I2C driver for fast
4583 mode (400kHZ). This environment variable is used in
4584 initialization code. So, for changes to be effective
4585 it must be saved and board must be reset.
4586
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004587 initrd_high - restrict positioning of initrd images:
4588 If this variable is not set, initrd images will be
4589 copied to the highest possible address in RAM; this
4590 is usually what you want since it allows for
4591 maximum initrd size. If for some reason you want to
4592 make sure that the initrd image is loaded below the
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004593 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ limit, you can set this environment
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004594 variable to a value of "no" or "off" or "0".
4595 Alternatively, you can set it to a maximum upper
4596 address to use (U-Boot will still check that it
4597 does not overwrite the U-Boot stack and data).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004598
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004599 For instance, when you have a system with 16 MB
4600 RAM, and want to reserve 4 MB from use by Linux,
4601 you can do this by adding "mem=12M" to the value of
4602 the "bootargs" variable. However, now you must make
4603 sure that the initrd image is placed in the first
4604 12 MB as well - this can be done with
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004605
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004606 setenv initrd_high 00c00000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004607
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004608 If you set initrd_high to 0xFFFFFFFF, this is an
4609 indication to U-Boot that all addresses are legal
4610 for the Linux kernel, including addresses in flash
4611 memory. In this case U-Boot will NOT COPY the
4612 ramdisk at all. This may be useful to reduce the
4613 boot time on your system, but requires that this
4614 feature is supported by your Linux kernel.
wdenk4a6fd342003-04-12 23:38:12 +00004615
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004616 ipaddr - IP address; needed for tftpboot command
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004617
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004618 loadaddr - Default load address for commands like "bootp",
4619 "rarpboot", "tftpboot", "loadb" or "diskboot"
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004620
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004621 loads_echo - see CONFIG_LOADS_ECHO
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004622
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004623 serverip - TFTP server IP address; needed for tftpboot command
wdenk38b99262003-05-23 23:18:21 +00004624
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004625 bootretry - see CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_TIME
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004626
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004627 bootdelaykey - see CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004628
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004629 bootstopkey - see CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004630
Mike Frysingere2a53452011-10-02 10:01:27 +00004631 ethprime - controls which interface is used first.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004632
Mike Frysingere2a53452011-10-02 10:01:27 +00004633 ethact - controls which interface is currently active.
4634 For example you can do the following
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004635
Heiko Schocher48690d82010-07-20 17:45:02 +02004636 => setenv ethact FEC
4637 => ping 192.168.0.1 # traffic sent on FEC
4638 => setenv ethact SCC
4639 => ping 10.0.0.1 # traffic sent on SCC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004640
Matthias Fuchse1692572008-01-17 07:45:05 +01004641 ethrotate - When set to "no" U-Boot does not go through all
4642 available network interfaces.
4643 It just stays at the currently selected interface.
4644
Wolfgang Denkc96f86e2010-01-17 23:55:53 +01004645 netretry - When set to "no" each network operation will
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004646 either succeed or fail without retrying.
4647 When set to "once" the network operation will
4648 fail when all the available network interfaces
4649 are tried once without success.
4650 Useful on scripts which control the retry operation
4651 themselves.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004652
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDb4e2f892009-01-31 09:53:39 +01004653 npe_ucode - set load address for the NPE microcode
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDa1cf0272008-01-07 08:41:34 +01004654
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02004655 tftpsrcport - If this is set, the value is used for TFTP's
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02004656 UDP source port.
4657
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02004658 tftpdstport - If this is set, the value is used for TFTP's UDP
4659 destination port instead of the Well Know Port 69.
4660
Wolfgang Denkc96f86e2010-01-17 23:55:53 +01004661 tftpblocksize - Block size to use for TFTP transfers; if not set,
4662 we use the TFTP server's default block size
4663
4664 tftptimeout - Retransmission timeout for TFTP packets (in milli-
4665 seconds, minimum value is 1000 = 1 second). Defines
4666 when a packet is considered to be lost so it has to
4667 be retransmitted. The default is 5000 = 5 seconds.
4668 Lowering this value may make downloads succeed
4669 faster in networks with high packet loss rates or
4670 with unreliable TFTP servers.
4671
4672 vlan - When set to a value < 4095 the traffic over
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004673 Ethernet is encapsulated/received over 802.1q
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004674 VLAN tagged frames.
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00004675
Jason Hobbsdc0b7b02011-08-31 05:37:28 +00004676The following image location variables contain the location of images
4677used in booting. The "Image" column gives the role of the image and is
4678not an environment variable name. The other columns are environment
4679variable names. "File Name" gives the name of the file on a TFTP
4680server, "RAM Address" gives the location in RAM the image will be
4681loaded to, and "Flash Location" gives the image's address in NOR
4682flash or offset in NAND flash.
4683
4684*Note* - these variables don't have to be defined for all boards, some
4685boards currenlty use other variables for these purposes, and some
4686boards use these variables for other purposes.
4687
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00004688Image File Name RAM Address Flash Location
4689----- --------- ----------- --------------
4690u-boot u-boot u-boot_addr_r u-boot_addr
4691Linux kernel bootfile kernel_addr_r kernel_addr
4692device tree blob fdtfile fdt_addr_r fdt_addr
4693ramdisk ramdiskfile ramdisk_addr_r ramdisk_addr
Jason Hobbsdc0b7b02011-08-31 05:37:28 +00004694
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004695The following environment variables may be used and automatically
4696updated by the network boot commands ("bootp" and "rarpboot"),
4697depending the information provided by your boot server:
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00004698
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004699 bootfile - see above
4700 dnsip - IP address of your Domain Name Server
4701 dnsip2 - IP address of your secondary Domain Name Server
4702 gatewayip - IP address of the Gateway (Router) to use
4703 hostname - Target hostname
4704 ipaddr - see above
4705 netmask - Subnet Mask
4706 rootpath - Pathname of the root filesystem on the NFS server
4707 serverip - see above
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00004708
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00004709
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004710There are two special Environment Variables:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004711
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004712 serial# - contains hardware identification information such
4713 as type string and/or serial number
4714 ethaddr - Ethernet address
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004715
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004716These variables can be set only once (usually during manufacturing of
4717the board). U-Boot refuses to delete or overwrite these variables
4718once they have been set once.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004719
4720
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004721Further special Environment Variables:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004722
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004723 ver - Contains the U-Boot version string as printed
4724 with the "version" command. This variable is
4725 readonly (see CONFIG_VERSION_VARIABLE).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004726
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004727
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004728Please note that changes to some configuration parameters may take
4729only effect after the next boot (yes, that's just like Windoze :-).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004730
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00004731
Joe Hershberger170ab112012-12-11 22:16:24 -06004732Callback functions for environment variables:
4733---------------------------------------------
4734
4735For some environment variables, the behavior of u-boot needs to change
4736when their values are changed. This functionailty allows functions to
4737be associated with arbitrary variables. On creation, overwrite, or
4738deletion, the callback will provide the opportunity for some side
4739effect to happen or for the change to be rejected.
4740
4741The callbacks are named and associated with a function using the
4742U_BOOT_ENV_CALLBACK macro in your board or driver code.
4743
4744These callbacks are associated with variables in one of two ways. The
4745static list can be added to by defining CONFIG_ENV_CALLBACK_LIST_STATIC
4746in the board configuration to a string that defines a list of
4747associations. The list must be in the following format:
4748
4749 entry = variable_name[:callback_name]
4750 list = entry[,list]
4751
4752If the callback name is not specified, then the callback is deleted.
4753Spaces are also allowed anywhere in the list.
4754
4755Callbacks can also be associated by defining the ".callbacks" variable
4756with the same list format above. Any association in ".callbacks" will
4757override any association in the static list. You can define
4758CONFIG_ENV_CALLBACK_LIST_DEFAULT to a list (string) to define the
4759".callbacks" envirnoment variable in the default or embedded environment.
4760
4761
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004762Command Line Parsing:
4763=====================
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00004764
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004765There are two different command line parsers available with U-Boot:
4766the old "simple" one, and the much more powerful "hush" shell:
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00004767
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004768Old, simple command line parser:
4769--------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004770
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004771- supports environment variables (through setenv / saveenv commands)
4772- several commands on one line, separated by ';'
Wolfgang Denkfe126d82005-11-20 21:40:11 +01004773- variable substitution using "... ${name} ..." syntax
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004774- special characters ('$', ';') can be escaped by prefixing with '\',
4775 for example:
Wolfgang Denkfe126d82005-11-20 21:40:11 +01004776 setenv bootcmd bootm \${address}
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004777- You can also escape text by enclosing in single apostrophes, for example:
4778 setenv addip 'setenv bootargs $bootargs ip=$ipaddr:$serverip:$gatewayip:$netmask:$hostname::off'
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004779
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004780Hush shell:
4781-----------
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004782
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004783- similar to Bourne shell, with control structures like
4784 if...then...else...fi, for...do...done; while...do...done,
4785 until...do...done, ...
4786- supports environment ("global") variables (through setenv / saveenv
4787 commands) and local shell variables (through standard shell syntax
4788 "name=value"); only environment variables can be used with "run"
4789 command
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004790
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004791General rules:
4792--------------
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004793
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004794(1) If a command line (or an environment variable executed by a "run"
4795 command) contains several commands separated by semicolon, and
4796 one of these commands fails, then the remaining commands will be
4797 executed anyway.
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004798
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004799(2) If you execute several variables with one call to run (i. e.
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004800 calling run with a list of variables as arguments), any failing
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004801 command will cause "run" to terminate, i. e. the remaining
4802 variables are not executed.
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004803
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004804Note for Redundant Ethernet Interfaces:
4805=======================================
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004806
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004807Some boards come with redundant Ethernet interfaces; U-Boot supports
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004808such configurations and is capable of automatic selection of a
4809"working" interface when needed. MAC assignment works as follows:
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004810
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004811Network interfaces are numbered eth0, eth1, eth2, ... Corresponding
4812MAC addresses can be stored in the environment as "ethaddr" (=>eth0),
4813"eth1addr" (=>eth1), "eth2addr", ...
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004814
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004815If the network interface stores some valid MAC address (for instance
4816in SROM), this is used as default address if there is NO correspon-
4817ding setting in the environment; if the corresponding environment
4818variable is set, this overrides the settings in the card; that means:
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004819
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004820o If the SROM has a valid MAC address, and there is no address in the
4821 environment, the SROM's address is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004822
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004823o If there is no valid address in the SROM, and a definition in the
4824 environment exists, then the value from the environment variable is
4825 used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004826
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004827o If both the SROM and the environment contain a MAC address, and
4828 both addresses are the same, this MAC address is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004829
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004830o If both the SROM and the environment contain a MAC address, and the
4831 addresses differ, the value from the environment is used and a
4832 warning is printed.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004833
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004834o If neither SROM nor the environment contain a MAC address, an error
4835 is raised.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004836
Ben Warrenecee9322010-04-26 11:11:46 -07004837If Ethernet drivers implement the 'write_hwaddr' function, valid MAC addresses
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00004838will be programmed into hardware as part of the initialization process. This
Ben Warrenecee9322010-04-26 11:11:46 -07004839may be skipped by setting the appropriate 'ethmacskip' environment variable.
4840The naming convention is as follows:
4841"ethmacskip" (=>eth0), "eth1macskip" (=>eth1) etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004842
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004843Image Formats:
4844==============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004845
Marian Balakowicz3310c542008-03-12 12:13:13 +01004846U-Boot is capable of booting (and performing other auxiliary operations on)
4847images in two formats:
4848
4849New uImage format (FIT)
4850-----------------------
4851
4852Flexible and powerful format based on Flattened Image Tree -- FIT (similar
4853to Flattened Device Tree). It allows the use of images with multiple
4854components (several kernels, ramdisks, etc.), with contents protected by
4855SHA1, MD5 or CRC32. More details are found in the doc/uImage.FIT directory.
4856
4857
4858Old uImage format
4859-----------------
4860
4861Old image format is based on binary files which can be basically anything,
4862preceded by a special header; see the definitions in include/image.h for
4863details; basically, the header defines the following image properties:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004864
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004865* Target Operating System (Provisions for OpenBSD, NetBSD, FreeBSD,
4866 4.4BSD, Linux, SVR4, Esix, Solaris, Irix, SCO, Dell, NCR, VxWorks,
Peter Tyserf5ed9e32008-09-08 14:56:49 -05004867 LynxOS, pSOS, QNX, RTEMS, INTEGRITY;
4868 Currently supported: Linux, NetBSD, VxWorks, QNX, RTEMS, LynxOS,
4869 INTEGRITY).
Wolfgang Denk7b64fef2006-10-24 14:21:16 +02004870* Target CPU Architecture (Provisions for Alpha, ARM, AVR32, Intel x86,
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +00004871 IA64, MIPS, NDS32, Nios II, PowerPC, IBM S390, SuperH, Sparc, Sparc 64 Bit;
4872 Currently supported: ARM, AVR32, Intel x86, MIPS, NDS32, Nios II, PowerPC).
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004873* Compression Type (uncompressed, gzip, bzip2)
4874* Load Address
4875* Entry Point
4876* Image Name
4877* Image Timestamp
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004878
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004879The header is marked by a special Magic Number, and both the header
4880and the data portions of the image are secured against corruption by
4881CRC32 checksums.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004882
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004883
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004884Linux Support:
4885==============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004886
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004887Although U-Boot should support any OS or standalone application
4888easily, the main focus has always been on Linux during the design of
4889U-Boot.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004890
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004891U-Boot includes many features that so far have been part of some
4892special "boot loader" code within the Linux kernel. Also, any
4893"initrd" images to be used are no longer part of one big Linux image;
4894instead, kernel and "initrd" are separate images. This implementation
4895serves several purposes:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004896
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004897- the same features can be used for other OS or standalone
4898 applications (for instance: using compressed images to reduce the
4899 Flash memory footprint)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004900
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004901- it becomes much easier to port new Linux kernel versions because
4902 lots of low-level, hardware dependent stuff are done by U-Boot
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004903
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004904- the same Linux kernel image can now be used with different "initrd"
4905 images; of course this also means that different kernel images can
4906 be run with the same "initrd". This makes testing easier (you don't
4907 have to build a new "zImage.initrd" Linux image when you just
4908 change a file in your "initrd"). Also, a field-upgrade of the
4909 software is easier now.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004910
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004911
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004912Linux HOWTO:
4913============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004914
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004915Porting Linux to U-Boot based systems:
4916---------------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004917
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004918U-Boot cannot save you from doing all the necessary modifications to
4919configure the Linux device drivers for use with your target hardware
4920(no, we don't intend to provide a full virtual machine interface to
4921Linux :-).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004922
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02004923But now you can ignore ALL boot loader code (in arch/powerpc/mbxboot).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004924
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004925Just make sure your machine specific header file (for instance
4926include/asm-ppc/tqm8xx.h) includes the same definition of the Board
Markus Heidelberg1dc30692008-09-07 20:18:27 +02004927Information structure as we define in include/asm-<arch>/u-boot.h,
4928and make sure that your definition of IMAP_ADDR uses the same value
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004929as your U-Boot configuration in CONFIG_SYS_IMMR.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004930
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004931
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004932Configuring the Linux kernel:
4933-----------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004934
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004935No specific requirements for U-Boot. Make sure you have some root
4936device (initial ramdisk, NFS) for your target system.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004937
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004938
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004939Building a Linux Image:
4940-----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004941
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004942With U-Boot, "normal" build targets like "zImage" or "bzImage" are
4943not used. If you use recent kernel source, a new build target
4944"uImage" will exist which automatically builds an image usable by
4945U-Boot. Most older kernels also have support for a "pImage" target,
4946which was introduced for our predecessor project PPCBoot and uses a
4947100% compatible format.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004948
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004949Example:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004950
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004951 make TQM850L_config
4952 make oldconfig
4953 make dep
4954 make uImage
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004955
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004956The "uImage" build target uses a special tool (in 'tools/mkimage') to
4957encapsulate a compressed Linux kernel image with header information,
4958CRC32 checksum etc. for use with U-Boot. This is what we are doing:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004959
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004960* build a standard "vmlinux" kernel image (in ELF binary format):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004961
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004962* convert the kernel into a raw binary image:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004963
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004964 ${CROSS_COMPILE}-objcopy -O binary \
4965 -R .note -R .comment \
4966 -S vmlinux linux.bin
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004967
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004968* compress the binary image:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004969
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004970 gzip -9 linux.bin
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004971
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004972* package compressed binary image for U-Boot:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004973
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004974 mkimage -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C gzip \
4975 -a 0 -e 0 -n "Linux Kernel Image" \
4976 -d linux.bin.gz uImage
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004977
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004978
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004979The "mkimage" tool can also be used to create ramdisk images for use
4980with U-Boot, either separated from the Linux kernel image, or
4981combined into one file. "mkimage" encapsulates the images with a 64
4982byte header containing information about target architecture,
4983operating system, image type, compression method, entry points, time
4984stamp, CRC32 checksums, etc.
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004985
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004986"mkimage" can be called in two ways: to verify existing images and
4987print the header information, or to build new images.
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004988
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004989In the first form (with "-l" option) mkimage lists the information
4990contained in the header of an existing U-Boot image; this includes
4991checksum verification:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004992
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004993 tools/mkimage -l image
4994 -l ==> list image header information
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004995
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004996The second form (with "-d" option) is used to build a U-Boot image
4997from a "data file" which is used as image payload:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004998
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004999 tools/mkimage -A arch -O os -T type -C comp -a addr -e ep \
5000 -n name -d data_file image
5001 -A ==> set architecture to 'arch'
5002 -O ==> set operating system to 'os'
5003 -T ==> set image type to 'type'
5004 -C ==> set compression type 'comp'
5005 -a ==> set load address to 'addr' (hex)
5006 -e ==> set entry point to 'ep' (hex)
5007 -n ==> set image name to 'name'
5008 -d ==> use image data from 'datafile'
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005009
wdenk69459792004-05-29 16:53:29 +00005010Right now, all Linux kernels for PowerPC systems use the same load
5011address (0x00000000), but the entry point address depends on the
5012kernel version:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005013
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005014- 2.2.x kernels have the entry point at 0x0000000C,
5015- 2.3.x and later kernels have the entry point at 0x00000000.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005016
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005017So a typical call to build a U-Boot image would read:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005018
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005019 -> tools/mkimage -n '2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L' \
5020 > -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C gzip -a 0 -e 0 \
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02005021 > -d /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux.gz \
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005022 > examples/uImage.TQM850L
5023 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
5024 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
5025 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5026 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327.86 kB = 0.32 MB
5027 Load Address: 0x00000000
5028 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005029
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005030To verify the contents of the image (or check for corruption):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005031
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005032 -> tools/mkimage -l examples/uImage.TQM850L
5033 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
5034 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
5035 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5036 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327.86 kB = 0.32 MB
5037 Load Address: 0x00000000
5038 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005039
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005040NOTE: for embedded systems where boot time is critical you can trade
5041speed for memory and install an UNCOMPRESSED image instead: this
5042needs more space in Flash, but boots much faster since it does not
5043need to be uncompressed:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005044
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02005045 -> gunzip /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux.gz
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005046 -> tools/mkimage -n '2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L' \
5047 > -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C none -a 0 -e 0 \
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02005048 > -d /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux \
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005049 > examples/uImage.TQM850L-uncompressed
5050 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
5051 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
5052 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (uncompressed)
5053 Data Size: 792160 Bytes = 773.59 kB = 0.76 MB
5054 Load Address: 0x00000000
5055 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005056
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005057
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005058Similar you can build U-Boot images from a 'ramdisk.image.gz' file
5059when your kernel is intended to use an initial ramdisk:
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00005060
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005061 -> tools/mkimage -n 'Simple Ramdisk Image' \
5062 > -A ppc -O linux -T ramdisk -C gzip \
5063 > -d /LinuxPPC/images/SIMPLE-ramdisk.image.gz examples/simple-initrd
5064 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
5065 Created: Wed Jan 12 14:01:50 2000
5066 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
5067 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553.25 kB = 0.54 MB
5068 Load Address: 0x00000000
5069 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00005070
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00005071
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005072Installing a Linux Image:
5073-------------------------
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00005074
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005075To downloading a U-Boot image over the serial (console) interface,
5076you must convert the image to S-Record format:
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00005077
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005078 objcopy -I binary -O srec examples/image examples/image.srec
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00005079
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005080The 'objcopy' does not understand the information in the U-Boot
5081image header, so the resulting S-Record file will be relative to
5082address 0x00000000. To load it to a given address, you need to
5083specify the target address as 'offset' parameter with the 'loads'
5084command.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005085
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005086Example: install the image to address 0x40100000 (which on the
5087TQM8xxL is in the first Flash bank):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005088
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005089 => erase 40100000 401FFFFF
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005090
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005091 .......... done
5092 Erased 8 sectors
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005093
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005094 => loads 40100000
5095 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
5096 ~>examples/image.srec
5097 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 ...
5098 ...
5099 15989 15990 15991 15992
5100 [file transfer complete]
5101 [connected]
5102 ## Start Addr = 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005103
5104
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005105You can check the success of the download using the 'iminfo' command;
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005106this includes a checksum verification so you can be sure no data
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005107corruption happened:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005108
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005109 => imi 40100000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005110
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005111 ## Checking Image at 40100000 ...
5112 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
5113 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5114 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
5115 Load Address: 00000000
5116 Entry Point: 0000000c
5117 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005118
5119
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005120Boot Linux:
5121-----------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005122
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005123The "bootm" command is used to boot an application that is stored in
5124memory (RAM or Flash). In case of a Linux kernel image, the contents
5125of the "bootargs" environment variable is passed to the kernel as
5126parameters. You can check and modify this variable using the
5127"printenv" and "setenv" commands:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005128
5129
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005130 => printenv bootargs
5131 bootargs=root=/dev/ram
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005132
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005133 => setenv bootargs root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005134
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005135 => printenv bootargs
5136 bootargs=root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005137
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005138 => bootm 40020000
5139 ## Booting Linux kernel at 40020000 ...
5140 Image Name: 2.2.13 for NFS on TQM850L
5141 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5142 Data Size: 381681 Bytes = 372 kB = 0 MB
5143 Load Address: 00000000
5144 Entry Point: 0000000c
5145 Verifying Checksum ... OK
5146 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
5147 Linux version 2.2.13 (wd@denx.local.net) (gcc version 2.95.2 19991024 (release)) #1 Wed Jul 19 02:35:17 MEST 2000
5148 Boot arguments: root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
5149 time_init: decrementer frequency = 187500000/60
5150 Calibrating delay loop... 49.77 BogoMIPS
5151 Memory: 15208k available (700k kernel code, 444k data, 32k init) [c0000000,c1000000]
5152 ...
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005153
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005154If you want to boot a Linux kernel with initial RAM disk, you pass
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005155the memory addresses of both the kernel and the initrd image (PPBCOOT
5156format!) to the "bootm" command:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005157
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005158 => imi 40100000 40200000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005159
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005160 ## Checking Image at 40100000 ...
5161 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
5162 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5163 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
5164 Load Address: 00000000
5165 Entry Point: 0000000c
5166 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005167
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005168 ## Checking Image at 40200000 ...
5169 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
5170 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
5171 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553 kB = 0 MB
5172 Load Address: 00000000
5173 Entry Point: 00000000
5174 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005175
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005176 => bootm 40100000 40200000
5177 ## Booting Linux kernel at 40100000 ...
5178 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
5179 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5180 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
5181 Load Address: 00000000
5182 Entry Point: 0000000c
5183 Verifying Checksum ... OK
5184 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
5185 ## Loading RAMDisk Image at 40200000 ...
5186 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
5187 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
5188 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553 kB = 0 MB
5189 Load Address: 00000000
5190 Entry Point: 00000000
5191 Verifying Checksum ... OK
5192 Loading Ramdisk ... OK
5193 Linux version 2.2.13 (wd@denx.local.net) (gcc version 2.95.2 19991024 (release)) #1 Wed Jul 19 02:32:08 MEST 2000
5194 Boot arguments: root=/dev/ram
5195 time_init: decrementer frequency = 187500000/60
5196 Calibrating delay loop... 49.77 BogoMIPS
5197 ...
5198 RAMDISK: Compressed image found at block 0
5199 VFS: Mounted root (ext2 filesystem).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005200
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005201 bash#
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005202
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -05005203Boot Linux and pass a flat device tree:
5204-----------
5205
5206First, U-Boot must be compiled with the appropriate defines. See the section
5207titled "Linux Kernel Interface" above for a more in depth explanation. The
5208following is an example of how to start a kernel and pass an updated
5209flat device tree:
5210
5211=> print oftaddr
5212oftaddr=0x300000
5213=> print oft
5214oft=oftrees/mpc8540ads.dtb
5215=> tftp $oftaddr $oft
5216Speed: 1000, full duplex
5217Using TSEC0 device
5218TFTP from server 192.168.1.1; our IP address is 192.168.1.101
5219Filename 'oftrees/mpc8540ads.dtb'.
5220Load address: 0x300000
5221Loading: #
5222done
5223Bytes transferred = 4106 (100a hex)
5224=> tftp $loadaddr $bootfile
5225Speed: 1000, full duplex
5226Using TSEC0 device
5227TFTP from server 192.168.1.1; our IP address is 192.168.1.2
5228Filename 'uImage'.
5229Load address: 0x200000
5230Loading:############
5231done
5232Bytes transferred = 1029407 (fb51f hex)
5233=> print loadaddr
5234loadaddr=200000
5235=> print oftaddr
5236oftaddr=0x300000
5237=> bootm $loadaddr - $oftaddr
5238## Booting image at 00200000 ...
Wolfgang Denka9398e02006-11-27 15:32:42 +01005239 Image Name: Linux-2.6.17-dirty
5240 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5241 Data Size: 1029343 Bytes = 1005.2 kB
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -05005242 Load Address: 00000000
Wolfgang Denka9398e02006-11-27 15:32:42 +01005243 Entry Point: 00000000
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -05005244 Verifying Checksum ... OK
5245 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
5246Booting using flat device tree at 0x300000
5247Using MPC85xx ADS machine description
5248Memory CAM mapping: CAM0=256Mb, CAM1=256Mb, CAM2=0Mb residual: 0Mb
5249[snip]
5250
5251
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005252More About U-Boot Image Types:
5253------------------------------
wdenk6069ff22003-02-28 00:49:47 +00005254
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005255U-Boot supports the following image types:
wdenk6069ff22003-02-28 00:49:47 +00005256
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005257 "Standalone Programs" are directly runnable in the environment
5258 provided by U-Boot; it is expected that (if they behave
5259 well) you can continue to work in U-Boot after return from
5260 the Standalone Program.
5261 "OS Kernel Images" are usually images of some Embedded OS which
5262 will take over control completely. Usually these programs
5263 will install their own set of exception handlers, device
5264 drivers, set up the MMU, etc. - this means, that you cannot
5265 expect to re-enter U-Boot except by resetting the CPU.
5266 "RAMDisk Images" are more or less just data blocks, and their
5267 parameters (address, size) are passed to an OS kernel that is
5268 being started.
5269 "Multi-File Images" contain several images, typically an OS
5270 (Linux) kernel image and one or more data images like
5271 RAMDisks. This construct is useful for instance when you want
5272 to boot over the network using BOOTP etc., where the boot
5273 server provides just a single image file, but you want to get
5274 for instance an OS kernel and a RAMDisk image.
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00005275
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005276 "Multi-File Images" start with a list of image sizes, each
5277 image size (in bytes) specified by an "uint32_t" in network
5278 byte order. This list is terminated by an "(uint32_t)0".
5279 Immediately after the terminating 0 follow the images, one by
5280 one, all aligned on "uint32_t" boundaries (size rounded up to
5281 a multiple of 4 bytes).
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00005282
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005283 "Firmware Images" are binary images containing firmware (like
5284 U-Boot or FPGA images) which usually will be programmed to
5285 flash memory.
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00005286
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005287 "Script files" are command sequences that will be executed by
5288 U-Boot's command interpreter; this feature is especially
5289 useful when you configure U-Boot to use a real shell (hush)
5290 as command interpreter.
wdenk6069ff22003-02-28 00:49:47 +00005291
Marek Vasut44f074c2012-03-14 21:52:45 +00005292Booting the Linux zImage:
5293-------------------------
5294
5295On some platforms, it's possible to boot Linux zImage. This is done
5296using the "bootz" command. The syntax of "bootz" command is the same
5297as the syntax of "bootm" command.
5298
Tom Rini8ac28562013-05-16 11:40:11 -04005299Note, defining the CONFIG_SUPPORT_RAW_INITRD allows user to supply
Marek Vasut017e1f32012-03-18 11:47:58 +00005300kernel with raw initrd images. The syntax is slightly different, the
5301address of the initrd must be augmented by it's size, in the following
5302format: "<initrd addres>:<initrd size>".
5303
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005304
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005305Standalone HOWTO:
5306=================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005307
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005308One of the features of U-Boot is that you can dynamically load and
5309run "standalone" applications, which can use some resources of
5310U-Boot like console I/O functions or interrupt services.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005311
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005312Two simple examples are included with the sources:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005313
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005314"Hello World" Demo:
5315-------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005316
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005317'examples/hello_world.c' contains a small "Hello World" Demo
5318application; it is automatically compiled when you build U-Boot.
5319It's configured to run at address 0x00040004, so you can play with it
5320like that:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005321
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005322 => loads
5323 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
5324 ~>examples/hello_world.srec
5325 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ...
5326 [file transfer complete]
5327 [connected]
5328 ## Start Addr = 0x00040004
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005329
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005330 => go 40004 Hello World! This is a test.
5331 ## Starting application at 0x00040004 ...
5332 Hello World
5333 argc = 7
5334 argv[0] = "40004"
5335 argv[1] = "Hello"
5336 argv[2] = "World!"
5337 argv[3] = "This"
5338 argv[4] = "is"
5339 argv[5] = "a"
5340 argv[6] = "test."
5341 argv[7] = "<NULL>"
5342 Hit any key to exit ...
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005343
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005344 ## Application terminated, rc = 0x0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005345
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005346Another example, which demonstrates how to register a CPM interrupt
5347handler with the U-Boot code, can be found in 'examples/timer.c'.
5348Here, a CPM timer is set up to generate an interrupt every second.
5349The interrupt service routine is trivial, just printing a '.'
5350character, but this is just a demo program. The application can be
5351controlled by the following keys:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005352
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005353 ? - print current values og the CPM Timer registers
5354 b - enable interrupts and start timer
5355 e - stop timer and disable interrupts
5356 q - quit application
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005357
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005358 => loads
5359 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
5360 ~>examples/timer.srec
5361 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ...
5362 [file transfer complete]
5363 [connected]
5364 ## Start Addr = 0x00040004
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005365
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005366 => go 40004
5367 ## Starting application at 0x00040004 ...
5368 TIMERS=0xfff00980
5369 Using timer 1
5370 tgcr @ 0xfff00980, tmr @ 0xfff00990, trr @ 0xfff00994, tcr @ 0xfff00998, tcn @ 0xfff0099c, ter @ 0xfff009b0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005371
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005372Hit 'b':
5373 [q, b, e, ?] Set interval 1000000 us
5374 Enabling timer
5375Hit '?':
5376 [q, b, e, ?] ........
5377 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0xef6, ter=0x0
5378Hit '?':
5379 [q, b, e, ?] .
5380 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x2ad4, ter=0x0
5381Hit '?':
5382 [q, b, e, ?] .
5383 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x1efc, ter=0x0
5384Hit '?':
5385 [q, b, e, ?] .
5386 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x169d, ter=0x0
5387Hit 'e':
5388 [q, b, e, ?] ...Stopping timer
5389Hit 'q':
5390 [q, b, e, ?] ## Application terminated, rc = 0x0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005391
5392
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005393Minicom warning:
5394================
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00005395
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005396Over time, many people have reported problems when trying to use the
5397"minicom" terminal emulation program for serial download. I (wd)
5398consider minicom to be broken, and recommend not to use it. Under
5399Unix, I recommend to use C-Kermit for general purpose use (and
5400especially for kermit binary protocol download ("loadb" command), and
Karl O. Pince53515a2012-10-01 05:11:56 +00005401use "cu" for S-Record download ("loads" command). See
5402http://www.denx.de/wiki/view/DULG/SystemSetup#Section_4.3.
5403for help with kermit.
5404
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00005405
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005406Nevertheless, if you absolutely want to use it try adding this
5407configuration to your "File transfer protocols" section:
wdenk52f52c12003-06-19 23:04:19 +00005408
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005409 Name Program Name U/D FullScr IO-Red. Multi
5410 X kermit /usr/bin/kermit -i -l %l -s Y U Y N N
5411 Y kermit /usr/bin/kermit -i -l %l -r N D Y N N
wdenk52f52c12003-06-19 23:04:19 +00005412
5413
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005414NetBSD Notes:
5415=============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005416
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005417Starting at version 0.9.2, U-Boot supports NetBSD both as host
5418(build U-Boot) and target system (boots NetBSD/mpc8xx).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005419
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005420Building requires a cross environment; it is known to work on
5421NetBSD/i386 with the cross-powerpc-netbsd-1.3 package (you will also
5422need gmake since the Makefiles are not compatible with BSD make).
5423Note that the cross-powerpc package does not install include files;
5424attempting to build U-Boot will fail because <machine/ansi.h> is
5425missing. This file has to be installed and patched manually:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005426
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005427 # cd /usr/pkg/cross/powerpc-netbsd/include
5428 # mkdir powerpc
5429 # ln -s powerpc machine
5430 # cp /usr/src/sys/arch/powerpc/include/ansi.h powerpc/ansi.h
5431 # ${EDIT} powerpc/ansi.h ## must remove __va_list, _BSD_VA_LIST
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005432
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005433Native builds *don't* work due to incompatibilities between native
5434and U-Boot include files.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005435
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005436Booting assumes that (the first part of) the image booted is a
5437stage-2 loader which in turn loads and then invokes the kernel
5438proper. Loader sources will eventually appear in the NetBSD source
5439tree (probably in sys/arc/mpc8xx/stand/u-boot_stage2/); in the
wdenk2a8af182005-04-13 10:02:42 +00005440meantime, see ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/ppcboot_stage2.tar.gz
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005441
5442
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005443Implementation Internals:
5444=========================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005445
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005446The following is not intended to be a complete description of every
5447implementation detail. However, it should help to understand the
5448inner workings of U-Boot and make it easier to port it to custom
5449hardware.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005450
5451
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005452Initial Stack, Global Data:
5453---------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005454
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005455The implementation of U-Boot is complicated by the fact that U-Boot
5456starts running out of ROM (flash memory), usually without access to
5457system RAM (because the memory controller is not initialized yet).
5458This means that we don't have writable Data or BSS segments, and BSS
5459is not initialized as zero. To be able to get a C environment working
5460at all, we have to allocate at least a minimal stack. Implementation
5461options for this are defined and restricted by the CPU used: Some CPU
5462models provide on-chip memory (like the IMMR area on MPC8xx and
5463MPC826x processors), on others (parts of) the data cache can be
5464locked as (mis-) used as memory, etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005465
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005466 Chris Hallinan posted a good summary of these issues to the
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01005467 U-Boot mailing list:
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00005468
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005469 Subject: RE: [U-Boot-Users] RE: More On Memory Bank x (nothingness)?
5470 From: "Chris Hallinan" <clh@net1plus.com>
5471 Date: Mon, 10 Feb 2003 16:43:46 -0500 (22:43 MET)
5472 ...
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00005473
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005474 Correct me if I'm wrong, folks, but the way I understand it
5475 is this: Using DCACHE as initial RAM for Stack, etc, does not
5476 require any physical RAM backing up the cache. The cleverness
5477 is that the cache is being used as a temporary supply of
5478 necessary storage before the SDRAM controller is setup. It's
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005479 beyond the scope of this list to explain the details, but you
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005480 can see how this works by studying the cache architecture and
5481 operation in the architecture and processor-specific manuals.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00005482
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005483 OCM is On Chip Memory, which I believe the 405GP has 4K. It
5484 is another option for the system designer to use as an
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005485 initial stack/RAM area prior to SDRAM being available. Either
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005486 option should work for you. Using CS 4 should be fine if your
5487 board designers haven't used it for something that would
5488 cause you grief during the initial boot! It is frequently not
5489 used.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00005490
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02005491 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR should be somewhere that won't interfere
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005492 with your processor/board/system design. The default value
5493 you will find in any recent u-boot distribution in
Stefan Roese8a316c92005-08-01 16:49:12 +02005494 walnut.h should work for you. I'd set it to a value larger
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005495 than your SDRAM module. If you have a 64MB SDRAM module, set
5496 it above 400_0000. Just make sure your board has no resources
5497 that are supposed to respond to that address! That code in
5498 start.S has been around a while and should work as is when
5499 you get the config right.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00005500
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005501 -Chris Hallinan
5502 DS4.COM, Inc.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00005503
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005504It is essential to remember this, since it has some impact on the C
5505code for the initialization procedures:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005506
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005507* Initialized global data (data segment) is read-only. Do not attempt
5508 to write it.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005509
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005510* Do not use any uninitialized global data (or implicitely initialized
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005511 as zero data - BSS segment) at all - this is undefined, initiali-
5512 zation is performed later (when relocating to RAM).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005513
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005514* Stack space is very limited. Avoid big data buffers or things like
5515 that.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005516
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005517Having only the stack as writable memory limits means we cannot use
5518normal global data to share information beween the code. But it
5519turned out that the implementation of U-Boot can be greatly
5520simplified by making a global data structure (gd_t) available to all
5521functions. We could pass a pointer to this data as argument to _all_
5522functions, but this would bloat the code. Instead we use a feature of
5523the GCC compiler (Global Register Variables) to share the data: we
5524place a pointer (gd) to the global data into a register which we
5525reserve for this purpose.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005526
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005527When choosing a register for such a purpose we are restricted by the
5528relevant (E)ABI specifications for the current architecture, and by
5529GCC's implementation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005530
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005531For PowerPC, the following registers have specific use:
5532 R1: stack pointer
Wolfgang Denke7670f62008-02-14 22:43:22 +01005533 R2: reserved for system use
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005534 R3-R4: parameter passing and return values
5535 R5-R10: parameter passing
5536 R13: small data area pointer
5537 R30: GOT pointer
5538 R31: frame pointer
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005539
Joakim Tjernlunde6bee802010-01-19 14:41:58 +01005540 (U-Boot also uses R12 as internal GOT pointer. r12
5541 is a volatile register so r12 needs to be reset when
5542 going back and forth between asm and C)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005543
Wolfgang Denke7670f62008-02-14 22:43:22 +01005544 ==> U-Boot will use R2 to hold a pointer to the global data
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005545
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005546 Note: on PPC, we could use a static initializer (since the
5547 address of the global data structure is known at compile time),
5548 but it turned out that reserving a register results in somewhat
5549 smaller code - although the code savings are not that big (on
5550 average for all boards 752 bytes for the whole U-Boot image,
5551 624 text + 127 data).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005552
Robin Getzc4db3352009-08-17 15:23:02 +00005553On Blackfin, the normal C ABI (except for P3) is followed as documented here:
Mike Frysinger4c58eb52008-02-04 19:26:54 -05005554 http://docs.blackfin.uclinux.org/doku.php?id=application_binary_interface
5555
Robin Getzc4db3352009-08-17 15:23:02 +00005556 ==> U-Boot will use P3 to hold a pointer to the global data
Mike Frysinger4c58eb52008-02-04 19:26:54 -05005557
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005558On ARM, the following registers are used:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005559
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005560 R0: function argument word/integer result
5561 R1-R3: function argument word
5562 R9: GOT pointer
5563 R10: stack limit (used only if stack checking if enabled)
5564 R11: argument (frame) pointer
5565 R12: temporary workspace
5566 R13: stack pointer
5567 R14: link register
5568 R15: program counter
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005569
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005570 ==> U-Boot will use R8 to hold a pointer to the global data
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005571
Thomas Chou0df01fd2010-05-21 11:08:03 +08005572On Nios II, the ABI is documented here:
5573 http://www.altera.com/literature/hb/nios2/n2cpu_nii51016.pdf
5574
5575 ==> U-Boot will use gp to hold a pointer to the global data
5576
5577 Note: on Nios II, we give "-G0" option to gcc and don't use gp
5578 to access small data sections, so gp is free.
5579
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +00005580On NDS32, the following registers are used:
5581
5582 R0-R1: argument/return
5583 R2-R5: argument
5584 R15: temporary register for assembler
5585 R16: trampoline register
5586 R28: frame pointer (FP)
5587 R29: global pointer (GP)
5588 R30: link register (LP)
5589 R31: stack pointer (SP)
5590 PC: program counter (PC)
5591
5592 ==> U-Boot will use R10 to hold a pointer to the global data
5593
Wolfgang Denkd87080b2006-03-31 18:32:53 +02005594NOTE: DECLARE_GLOBAL_DATA_PTR must be used with file-global scope,
5595or current versions of GCC may "optimize" the code too much.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005596
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005597Memory Management:
5598------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005599
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005600U-Boot runs in system state and uses physical addresses, i.e. the
5601MMU is not used either for address mapping nor for memory protection.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005602
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005603The available memory is mapped to fixed addresses using the memory
5604controller. In this process, a contiguous block is formed for each
5605memory type (Flash, SDRAM, SRAM), even when it consists of several
5606physical memory banks.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005607
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005608U-Boot is installed in the first 128 kB of the first Flash bank (on
5609TQM8xxL modules this is the range 0x40000000 ... 0x4001FFFF). After
5610booting and sizing and initializing DRAM, the code relocates itself
5611to the upper end of DRAM. Immediately below the U-Boot code some
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02005612memory is reserved for use by malloc() [see CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005613configuration setting]. Below that, a structure with global Board
5614Info data is placed, followed by the stack (growing downward).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005615
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005616Additionally, some exception handler code is copied to the low 8 kB
5617of DRAM (0x00000000 ... 0x00001FFF).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005618
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005619So a typical memory configuration with 16 MB of DRAM could look like
5620this:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005621
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005622 0x0000 0000 Exception Vector code
5623 :
5624 0x0000 1FFF
5625 0x0000 2000 Free for Application Use
5626 :
5627 :
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005628
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005629 :
5630 :
5631 0x00FB FF20 Monitor Stack (Growing downward)
5632 0x00FB FFAC Board Info Data and permanent copy of global data
5633 0x00FC 0000 Malloc Arena
5634 :
5635 0x00FD FFFF
5636 0x00FE 0000 RAM Copy of Monitor Code
5637 ... eventually: LCD or video framebuffer
5638 ... eventually: pRAM (Protected RAM - unchanged by reset)
5639 0x00FF FFFF [End of RAM]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005640
5641
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005642System Initialization:
5643----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005644
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005645In the reset configuration, U-Boot starts at the reset entry point
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005646(on most PowerPC systems at address 0x00000100). Because of the reset
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005647configuration for CS0# this is a mirror of the onboard Flash memory.
5648To be able to re-map memory U-Boot then jumps to its link address.
5649To be able to implement the initialization code in C, a (small!)
5650initial stack is set up in the internal Dual Ported RAM (in case CPUs
5651which provide such a feature like MPC8xx or MPC8260), or in a locked
5652part of the data cache. After that, U-Boot initializes the CPU core,
5653the caches and the SIU.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005654
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005655Next, all (potentially) available memory banks are mapped using a
5656preliminary mapping. For example, we put them on 512 MB boundaries
5657(multiples of 0x20000000: SDRAM on 0x00000000 and 0x20000000, Flash
5658on 0x40000000 and 0x60000000, SRAM on 0x80000000). Then UPM A is
5659programmed for SDRAM access. Using the temporary configuration, a
5660simple memory test is run that determines the size of the SDRAM
5661banks.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005662
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005663When there is more than one SDRAM bank, and the banks are of
5664different size, the largest is mapped first. For equal size, the first
5665bank (CS2#) is mapped first. The first mapping is always for address
56660x00000000, with any additional banks following immediately to create
5667contiguous memory starting from 0.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005668
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005669Then, the monitor installs itself at the upper end of the SDRAM area
5670and allocates memory for use by malloc() and for the global Board
5671Info data; also, the exception vector code is copied to the low RAM
5672pages, and the final stack is set up.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005673
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005674Only after this relocation will you have a "normal" C environment;
5675until that you are restricted in several ways, mostly because you are
5676running from ROM, and because the code will have to be relocated to a
5677new address in RAM.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005678
5679
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005680U-Boot Porting Guide:
5681----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005682
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005683[Based on messages by Jerry Van Baren in the U-Boot-Users mailing
5684list, October 2002]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005685
5686
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005687int main(int argc, char *argv[])
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005688{
5689 sighandler_t no_more_time;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005690
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005691 signal(SIGALRM, no_more_time);
5692 alarm(PROJECT_DEADLINE - toSec (3 * WEEK));
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005693
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005694 if (available_money > available_manpower) {
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005695 Pay consultant to port U-Boot;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005696 return 0;
5697 }
5698
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005699 Download latest U-Boot source;
5700
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01005701 Subscribe to u-boot mailing list;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005702
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005703 if (clueless)
5704 email("Hi, I am new to U-Boot, how do I get started?");
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005705
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005706 while (learning) {
5707 Read the README file in the top level directory;
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005708 Read http://www.denx.de/twiki/bin/view/DULG/Manual;
5709 Read applicable doc/*.README;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005710 Read the source, Luke;
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005711 /* find . -name "*.[chS]" | xargs grep -i <keyword> */
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005712 }
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005713
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005714 if (available_money > toLocalCurrency ($2500))
5715 Buy a BDI3000;
5716 else
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005717 Add a lot of aggravation and time;
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005718
5719 if (a similar board exists) { /* hopefully... */
5720 cp -a board/<similar> board/<myboard>
5721 cp include/configs/<similar>.h include/configs/<myboard>.h
5722 } else {
5723 Create your own board support subdirectory;
5724 Create your own board include/configs/<myboard>.h file;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005725 }
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005726 Edit new board/<myboard> files
5727 Edit new include/configs/<myboard>.h
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005728
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005729 while (!accepted) {
5730 while (!running) {
5731 do {
5732 Add / modify source code;
5733 } until (compiles);
5734 Debug;
5735 if (clueless)
5736 email("Hi, I am having problems...");
5737 }
5738 Send patch file to the U-Boot email list;
5739 if (reasonable critiques)
5740 Incorporate improvements from email list code review;
5741 else
5742 Defend code as written;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005743 }
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005744
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005745 return 0;
5746}
5747
5748void no_more_time (int sig)
5749{
5750 hire_a_guru();
5751}
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005752
5753
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005754Coding Standards:
5755-----------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005756
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005757All contributions to U-Boot should conform to the Linux kernel
Detlev Zundel2c051652006-09-01 15:39:02 +02005758coding style; see the file "Documentation/CodingStyle" and the script
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00005759"scripts/Lindent" in your Linux kernel source directory.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005760
Detlev Zundel2c051652006-09-01 15:39:02 +02005761Source files originating from a different project (for example the
5762MTD subsystem) are generally exempt from these guidelines and are not
5763reformated to ease subsequent migration to newer versions of those
5764sources.
5765
5766Please note that U-Boot is implemented in C (and to some small parts in
5767Assembler); no C++ is used, so please do not use C++ style comments (//)
5768in your code.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005769
5770Please also stick to the following formatting rules:
5771- remove any trailing white space
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00005772- use TAB characters for indentation and vertical alignment, not spaces
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005773- make sure NOT to use DOS '\r\n' line feeds
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00005774- do not add more than 2 consecutive empty lines to source files
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005775- do not add trailing empty lines to source files
5776
5777Submissions which do not conform to the standards may be returned
5778with a request to reformat the changes.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005779
5780
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005781Submitting Patches:
5782-------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005783
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005784Since the number of patches for U-Boot is growing, we need to
5785establish some rules. Submissions which do not conform to these rules
5786may be rejected, even when they contain important and valuable stuff.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005787
Magnus Lilja0d28f342008-08-06 19:32:33 +02005788Please see http://www.denx.de/wiki/U-Boot/Patches for details.
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005789
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01005790Patches shall be sent to the u-boot mailing list <u-boot@lists.denx.de>;
5791see http://lists.denx.de/mailman/listinfo/u-boot
5792
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005793When you send a patch, please include the following information with
5794it:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005795
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005796* For bug fixes: a description of the bug and how your patch fixes
5797 this bug. Please try to include a way of demonstrating that the
5798 patch actually fixes something.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005799
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005800* For new features: a description of the feature and your
5801 implementation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005802
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005803* A CHANGELOG entry as plaintext (separate from the patch)
5804
5805* For major contributions, your entry to the CREDITS file
5806
5807* When you add support for a new board, don't forget to add this
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00005808 board to the MAINTAINERS file, too.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005809
5810* If your patch adds new configuration options, don't forget to
5811 document these in the README file.
5812
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005813* The patch itself. If you are using git (which is *strongly*
5814 recommended) you can easily generate the patch using the
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00005815 "git format-patch". If you then use "git send-email" to send it to
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005816 the U-Boot mailing list, you will avoid most of the common problems
5817 with some other mail clients.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005818
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005819 If you cannot use git, use "diff -purN OLD NEW". If your version of
5820 diff does not support these options, then get the latest version of
5821 GNU diff.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005822
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005823 The current directory when running this command shall be the parent
5824 directory of the U-Boot source tree (i. e. please make sure that
5825 your patch includes sufficient directory information for the
5826 affected files).
5827
5828 We prefer patches as plain text. MIME attachments are discouraged,
5829 and compressed attachments must not be used.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005830
5831* If one logical set of modifications affects or creates several
5832 files, all these changes shall be submitted in a SINGLE patch file.
5833
5834* Changesets that contain different, unrelated modifications shall be
5835 submitted as SEPARATE patches, one patch per changeset.
5836
5837
5838Notes:
5839
5840* Before sending the patch, run the MAKEALL script on your patched
5841 source tree and make sure that no errors or warnings are reported
5842 for any of the boards.
5843
5844* Keep your modifications to the necessary minimum: A patch
5845 containing several unrelated changes or arbitrary reformats will be
5846 returned with a request to re-formatting / split it.
5847
5848* If you modify existing code, make sure that your new code does not
5849 add to the memory footprint of the code ;-) Small is beautiful!
5850 When adding new features, these should compile conditionally only
5851 (using #ifdef), and the resulting code with the new feature
5852 disabled must not need more memory than the old code without your
5853 modification.
wdenk90dc6702005-05-03 14:12:25 +00005854
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01005855* Remember that there is a size limit of 100 kB per message on the
5856 u-boot mailing list. Bigger patches will be moderated. If they are
5857 reasonable and not too big, they will be acknowledged. But patches
5858 bigger than the size limit should be avoided.